1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (14885 9171))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5
) "5x5" "\
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil
)
31 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly
) "5x5" "\
32 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil
)
34 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current
) "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil
)
37 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best
) "5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil
)
40 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate
) "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution and then
42 mutating the result." t nil
)
44 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack
) "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
47 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
48 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
49 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
50 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil
)
54 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
56 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
58 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions
) "ada-mode" "\
59 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
60 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
62 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
65 (autoload (quote ada-mode
) "ada-mode" "\
66 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
68 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
70 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
71 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
73 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
74 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
76 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
77 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
79 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
81 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
82 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
84 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
85 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
87 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
88 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
89 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
90 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
91 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
94 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
96 If you use find-file.el:
97 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
98 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
99 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
100 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
101 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
103 If you use ada-xref.el:
104 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
105 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
106 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'." t nil
)
110 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
111 ;;;;;; (14900 39720))
112 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
114 (autoload (quote ada-header
) "ada-stmt" "\
115 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil
)
119 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
120 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
121 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
122 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name) "add-log" "add-log.el" (14976 13200))
123 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil
"\
126 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
129 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil
"\
130 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
131 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.")
133 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name
) "add-log" "\
134 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil
)
136 (autoload (quote find-change-log
) "add-log" "\
137 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
139 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
140 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
141 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
142 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
144 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
145 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
146 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
148 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
149 current buffer to the complete file name.
150 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'." nil nil
)
152 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry
) "add-log" "\
153 Find change log file and add an entry for today.
154 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
157 Second arg is FILE-NAME of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'.
158 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
159 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
160 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
161 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
163 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
164 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil
)
166 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window
) "add-log" "\
167 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today.
168 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
170 Second optional arg FILE-NAME is file name of change log.
171 If nil, use `change-log-default-name'.
173 Affected by the same options as `add-change-log-entry'." t nil
)
174 (define-key ctl-x-4-map
"a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window
)
176 (autoload (quote change-log-mode
) "add-log" "\
177 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
178 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
179 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
180 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
181 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil
)
183 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes
(quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode
)) "\
184 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
186 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes
(quote (c-mode c
++-mode c
++-c-mode objc-mode
)) "\
187 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
189 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes
(quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode
)) "\
190 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
192 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun
) "add-log" "\
193 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
195 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
196 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
198 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
199 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
200 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
201 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
202 `add-log-current-defun-function'
204 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil
)
206 (autoload (quote change-log-merge
) "add-log" "\
207 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
208 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
209 the appropriate motion commands).
211 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
212 old-style time formats for entries are supported." t nil
)
214 (autoload (quote change-log-redate
) "add-log" "\
215 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format." t nil
)
219 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
220 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (14874
222 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
224 (defvar ad-redefinition-action
(quote warn
) "\
225 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
226 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
227 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
228 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
229 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
230 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
231 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
232 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
233 interpreted as `error'.")
235 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action
(quote maybe
) "\
236 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
237 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
238 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
239 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
240 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
241 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
242 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
244 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice
) "advice" "\
245 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
246 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
247 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
248 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
249 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
250 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
251 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
252 will be overwritten with the new one.
253 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
254 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
255 will clear the cache." nil nil
)
257 (autoload (quote defadvice
) "advice" "\
258 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
259 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
261 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
262 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
265 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
266 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
267 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
268 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
269 see also `ad-add-advice'.
270 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
271 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
272 before/around/after-advices will be used.
273 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
274 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
275 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
276 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
277 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
278 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
280 Semantics of the various flags:
281 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
282 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
283 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
285 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
286 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
288 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
289 advised function should be compiled.
291 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
292 during activation until somebody enables it.
294 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
295 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
296 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
297 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
299 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
300 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
301 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
302 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
303 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
306 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil
(quote macro
))
310 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
311 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
312 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (14823 12922))
313 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
315 (autoload (quote align
) "align" "\
316 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
317 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
318 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
319 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
320 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
321 rule's `separate' attribute).
323 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
324 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
325 `separate' attribute set.
327 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
328 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
329 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
330 on the format of these lists." t nil
)
332 (autoload (quote align-regexp
) "align" "\
333 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
334 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
335 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
336 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
337 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
338 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
339 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
340 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
341 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
344 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
345 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
349 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
352 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
353 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
354 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil
)
356 (autoload (quote align-entire
) "align" "\
357 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
358 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
359 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
360 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
361 align that section." t nil
)
363 (autoload (quote align-current
) "align" "\
364 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
365 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
366 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
367 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
368 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
369 been used to align that section." t nil
)
371 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule
) "align" "\
372 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
373 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
374 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
375 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
376 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
377 to be colored." t nil
)
379 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule
) "align" "\
380 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil
)
382 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent
) "align" "\
383 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes." t nil
)
387 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
388 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (14868 1431))
389 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
390 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir
'ange-ftp-reread-dir
)
392 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir
) "ange-ftp" "\
393 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
394 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
395 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
396 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
397 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil
)
399 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function
) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil
)
401 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist
) (setq file-name-handler-alist
(cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function
)) file-name-handler-alist
)))
403 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist
) (setq file-name-handler-alist
(cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function
)) file-name-handler-alist
)))
407 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
408 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (14965 36567))
409 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
411 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on
) "ansi-color" "\
412 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t." t nil
)
414 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output
) "ansi-color" "\
415 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
417 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
418 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
419 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
420 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
422 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
423 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
425 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'." nil nil
)
429 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
430 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (14885 13587))
431 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
433 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules
) "antlr-mode" "\
434 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
435 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
436 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
437 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
440 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
441 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
442 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
445 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
446 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
447 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
448 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'." t nil
)
450 (autoload (quote antlr-mode
) "antlr-mode" "\
451 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
452 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil
)
454 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs
) "antlr-mode" "\
455 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
456 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil
)
460 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
461 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
462 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
463 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (14726 36008))
464 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
466 (defvar appt-issue-message t
"\
467 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
468 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
469 as the first thing on a line.")
471 (defvar appt-message-warning-time
12 "\
472 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
474 (defvar appt-audible t
"\
475 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
477 (defvar appt-visible t
"\
478 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
480 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t
"\
481 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
483 (defvar appt-msg-window t
"\
484 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
486 (defvar appt-display-duration
10 "\
487 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
489 (defvar appt-display-diary t
"\
490 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
491 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
493 (autoload (quote appt-add
) "appt" "\
494 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
495 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil
)
497 (autoload (quote appt-delete
) "appt" "\
498 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil
)
500 (autoload (quote appt-make-list
) "appt" "\
501 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
502 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
503 put in the appointments list.
507 10:00am group meeting
508 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
509 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
510 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for." nil nil
)
514 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
515 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (14883
517 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
519 (autoload (quote apropos-mode
) "apropos" "\
520 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
522 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil
)
524 (autoload (quote apropos-variable
) "apropos" "\
525 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
526 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
527 normal variables." t nil
)
529 (fset (quote command-apropos
) (quote apropos-command
))
531 (autoload (quote apropos-command
) "apropos" "\
532 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
533 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
534 noninteractive functions.
536 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
537 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil
)
539 (autoload (quote apropos
) "apropos" "\
540 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
541 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
542 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
543 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil
)
545 (autoload (quote apropos-value
) "apropos" "\
546 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
547 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
548 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
549 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil
)
551 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation
) "apropos" "\
552 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
553 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
554 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
556 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil
)
560 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (14826
562 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
564 (autoload (quote archive-mode
) "arc-mode" "\
565 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
566 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
567 Letters no longer insert themselves.
568 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
569 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
571 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
572 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
575 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil
)
579 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (14777 22130))
580 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
582 (autoload (quote array-mode
) "array" "\
583 Major mode for editing arrays.
585 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
586 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
587 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
589 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
591 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
592 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
593 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
595 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
596 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
597 supply. These variables are all local the the buffer. Other buffer
598 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
601 Variables you assign:
602 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
603 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
604 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
605 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
606 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
607 row numbers in the buffer.
609 Variables which are calculated:
610 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
611 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
613 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
614 take a numeric prefix argument):
616 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
617 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
618 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
619 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
621 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
622 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
623 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
624 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
626 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
627 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
628 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
629 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
631 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
632 between that of point and mark.
634 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
635 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
637 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
638 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
639 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
640 newlines inside rows)
642 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
644 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil
)
648 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (14924
650 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
652 (autoload (quote artist-mode
) "artist" "\
653 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
654 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
655 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
657 How to quit artist mode
659 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
662 How to submit a bug report
664 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
667 Drawing with the mouse:
670 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
671 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
675 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
678 Operation Not shifted Shifted
679 --------------------------------------------------------------
680 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
682 --------------------------------------------------------------
683 Line Line in any direction Straight line
684 --------------------------------------------------------------
685 Rectangle Rectangle Square
686 --------------------------------------------------------------
687 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
688 --------------------------------------------------------------
689 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
690 --------------------------------------------------------------
691 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
692 --------------------------------------------------------------
693 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
694 --------------------------------------------------------------
695 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
696 --------------------------------------------------------------
697 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
699 --------------------------------------------------------------
700 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
701 --------------------------------------------------------------
702 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
703 --------------------------------------------------------------
705 --------------------------------------------------------------
706 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
707 --------------------------------------------------------------
709 * Straight lines can only go horiziontally, vertically
712 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
713 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
714 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
715 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
718 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
719 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
720 overwrite means the opposite.
722 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
723 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
724 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
726 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
728 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
729 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
731 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
732 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
733 are currently drawing something.
735 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
739 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
740 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
745 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
747 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
749 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
751 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
753 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
754 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
756 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
761 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
762 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
763 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
764 When erase characters: toggles erasing
765 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
768 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
770 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
772 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
773 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
774 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
775 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
776 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
777 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
782 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
783 of the line/poly-line
785 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
786 of the line/poly-line
791 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
793 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
794 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
795 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
796 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
797 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
798 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
799 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
800 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
801 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
802 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
803 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
804 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
805 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
806 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
807 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
808 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
809 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
810 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
811 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
812 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
817 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
818 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
820 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
821 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
822 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
823 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
824 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
825 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
826 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
827 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
828 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
829 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
830 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
831 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
832 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
833 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
834 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
835 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
836 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
837 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
838 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
842 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
843 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
848 \\{artist-mode-map}" t nil
)
852 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14804
854 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
856 (autoload (quote asm-mode
) "asm-mode" "\
857 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
858 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
860 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
861 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
862 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
863 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
865 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
866 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
868 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
869 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
871 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
879 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
880 ;;;;;; (14901 18790))
881 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
883 (defvar auto-show-mode nil
"\
886 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode
) "auto-show" "\
887 This command is obsolete." t nil
)
891 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
892 ;;;;;; (14777 22131))
893 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
895 (defvar autoarg-mode nil
"\
896 Toggle Autoarg mode on or off.
897 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
898 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
899 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.")
901 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg
) (quote autoarg-mode
) (quote custom-variable
))
903 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-mode
) (quote autoarg
))
905 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode
) "autoarg" "\
906 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
907 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
909 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
910 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
911 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
912 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
913 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
914 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
917 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
918 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
919 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
920 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
921 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
923 \\{autoarg-mode-map}" t nil
)
925 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil
"\
926 Toggle Autoarg-Kp mode on or off.
927 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
928 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
929 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
931 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg-kp
) (quote autoarg-kp-mode
) (quote custom-variable
))
933 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-kp-mode
) (quote autoarg
))
935 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode
) "autoarg" "\
936 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
937 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
938 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
939 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
940 &c to supply digit arguments.
942 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}" t nil
)
946 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
947 ;;;;;; (14532 61420))
948 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
950 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode
) "autoconf" "\
951 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files." t nil
)
955 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
956 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (14898 8348))
957 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
959 (autoload (quote auto-insert
) "autoinsert" "\
960 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
961 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil
)
963 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert
) "autoinsert" "\
964 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
965 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
966 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil
)
968 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil
"\
969 Toggle Auto-Insert mode on or off.
970 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
971 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
972 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
974 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-insert
) (quote auto-insert-mode
) (quote custom-variable
))
976 (custom-add-load (quote auto-insert-mode
) (quote autoinsert
))
978 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode
) "autoinsert" "\
979 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
980 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
981 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
983 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
984 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil
)
988 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
989 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
990 ;;;;;; (14895 24173))
991 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
993 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
994 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
995 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil
)
997 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories
) "autoload" "\
998 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
999 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil
)
1001 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
1002 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1003 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil
)
1007 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
1008 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el"
1009 ;;;;;; (14777 22132))
1010 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1012 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil
"\
1013 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
1015 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode'
1018 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil
"\
1019 When on, buffers are automatically reverted when files on disk change.
1021 Set this variable using \\[customize] only. Otherwise, use the
1022 command `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1024 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert
) (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) (quote custom-variable
))
1026 (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) (quote autorevert
))
1028 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1029 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1031 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1032 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1033 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil
)
1035 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1036 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1038 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1039 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil
)
1041 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1042 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
1044 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1045 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1046 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil
)
1050 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1051 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (14877 10207))
1052 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1054 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil
"\
1055 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1056 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1057 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1058 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1060 (custom-add-to-group (quote avoid
) (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) (quote custom-variable
))
1062 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) (quote avoid
))
1064 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) "avoid" "\
1065 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1066 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1067 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1069 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1070 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1071 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1073 Effects of the different modes:
1074 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1075 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1076 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1077 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1078 a random distance & direction.
1079 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1080 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1081 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1083 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1085 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1086 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1087 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil
)
1091 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (14854
1093 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
1095 (autoload (quote awk-mode
) "awk-mode" "\
1096 Major mode for editing AWK code.
1097 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
1098 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
1099 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
1101 Turning on AWK mode runs `awk-mode-hook'." t nil
)
1105 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1106 ;;;;;; (14455 30228))
1107 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1109 (autoload (quote backquote
) "backquote" "\
1110 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1112 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1113 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1117 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1118 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1119 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1120 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1122 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil
(quote macro
))
1124 (defalias (quote \
`) (symbol-function (quote backquote
)))
1128 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1129 ;;;;;; (14987 38427))
1130 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1132 (autoload (quote battery
) "battery" "\
1133 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1134 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1135 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil
)
1137 (autoload (quote display-battery
) "battery" "\
1138 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1139 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1140 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1141 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1146 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (14977
1148 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1150 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode
) "bibtex" "\
1151 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1153 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
1154 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
1155 version information already added. You just need to add a description
1156 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the
1160 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1162 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
1163 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
1164 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
1165 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
1166 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1168 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
1169 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
1170 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
1171 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
1172 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
1173 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1175 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
1176 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
1180 Special information:
1182 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1184 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
1185 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
1186 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1187 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1188 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1189 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
1191 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1192 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1194 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1195 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
1196 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
1197 bibtex-entry-format.
1198 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1199 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1200 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
1202 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
1203 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
1205 The following may be of interest as well:
1213 bibtex-complete-string
1215 bibtex-print-help-message
1216 bibtex-generate-autokey
1217 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
1219 bibtex-reposition-window
1221 bibtex-ispell-abstract
1223 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
1229 bibtex-convert-alien
1232 bibtex-field-delimiters
1233 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
1234 bibtex-include-OPTkey
1235 bibtex-user-optional-fields
1237 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
1238 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
1239 bibtex-entry-field-alist
1240 bibtex-predefined-strings
1243 ---------------------------------------------------------
1244 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
1247 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil
)
1251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (14849 20131))
1252 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1254 (defconst binhex-begin-line
"^:...............................................................$")
1258 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (13229
1260 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1262 (autoload (quote blackbox
) "blackbox" "\
1263 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls;
1268 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1269 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1270 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1271 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1272 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1277 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1278 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1281 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1284 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1285 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1287 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1288 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1290 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1291 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1292 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1293 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1294 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1295 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1299 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1301 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1302 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1303 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1304 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1306 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1307 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1308 denoted by the letter `R'.
1310 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1311 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1312 denoted by the letter `H'.
1314 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1317 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1318 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1319 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1320 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1321 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1322 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1325 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1326 degree deflection it causes.
1329 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1330 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1331 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1332 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1333 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1334 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1335 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1336 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1339 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1340 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1343 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1344 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1345 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1346 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1347 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1348 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1349 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1350 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1352 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1353 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1354 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1355 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1356 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1357 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1358 emerging from the box.
1360 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1362 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1363 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1364 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1365 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1366 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1367 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1368 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1369 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1371 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1372 a reflection." t nil
)
1376 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
1377 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
1378 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
1379 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
1380 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1381 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (14946 52018))
1382 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1383 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rb" 'bookmark-jump
)
1384 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rm" 'bookmark-set
)
1385 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
1387 (defvar bookmark-map nil
"\
1388 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1389 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1390 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1391 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1392 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1394 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map
))
1396 (define-key bookmark-map
"x" (quote bookmark-set
))
1398 (define-key bookmark-map
"m" (quote bookmark-set
))
1400 (define-key bookmark-map
"j" (quote bookmark-jump
))
1402 (define-key bookmark-map
"g" (quote bookmark-jump
))
1404 (define-key bookmark-map
"i" (quote bookmark-insert
))
1406 (define-key bookmark-map
"e" (quote edit-bookmarks
))
1408 (define-key bookmark-map
"f" (quote bookmark-insert-location
))
1410 (define-key bookmark-map
"r" (quote bookmark-rename
))
1412 (define-key bookmark-map
"d" (quote bookmark-delete
))
1414 (define-key bookmark-map
"l" (quote bookmark-load
))
1416 (define-key bookmark-map
"w" (quote bookmark-write
))
1418 (define-key bookmark-map
"s" (quote bookmark-save
))
1420 (autoload (quote bookmark-set
) "bookmark" "\
1421 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1422 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1423 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1424 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1425 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1426 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1427 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1430 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1431 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1432 yank successive words.
1434 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1435 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1436 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1437 name of the file being visited.
1439 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1440 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1441 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil
)
1443 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump
) "bookmark" "\
1444 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1445 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1446 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1447 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1450 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1451 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1452 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1453 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil
)
1455 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate
) "bookmark" "\
1456 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1457 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1458 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1459 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil
)
1461 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location
) "bookmark" "\
1462 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1463 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1464 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil
)
1466 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate
) (quote bookmark-insert-location
))
1468 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename
) "bookmark" "\
1469 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1470 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1471 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1473 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1474 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1475 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1477 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1478 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1481 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert
) "bookmark" "\
1482 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1483 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1484 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1485 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1488 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete
) "bookmark" "\
1489 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1490 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1491 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1492 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1493 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1494 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1495 probably because we were called from there." t nil
)
1497 (autoload (quote bookmark-write
) "bookmark" "\
1498 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1499 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil
)
1501 (autoload (quote bookmark-save
) "bookmark" "\
1502 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1503 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1504 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1507 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1508 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1509 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1510 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1511 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1513 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1514 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1515 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1516 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil
)
1518 (autoload (quote bookmark-load
) "bookmark" "\
1519 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1520 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1521 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1522 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1525 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1526 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1527 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1528 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1529 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1532 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1533 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1534 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1535 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil
)
1537 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
) "bookmark" "\
1538 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1539 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1540 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1541 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil
)
1543 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks
) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
))
1545 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks
) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
))
1547 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert
) "bookmark" "\
1548 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1549 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1550 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1551 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1554 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1555 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1556 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1558 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump
) "bookmark" "\
1559 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1560 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1561 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1562 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1565 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1566 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1567 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1569 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate
) "bookmark" "\
1570 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1571 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1573 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1574 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1575 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1577 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename
) "bookmark" "\
1578 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1579 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1580 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1581 prompts for NEWNAME.
1582 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1583 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1584 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1586 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1587 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1590 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1591 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1592 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1594 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete
) "bookmark" "\
1595 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1596 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1597 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1598 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1599 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1601 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1602 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1603 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1605 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map
(make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
1607 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map
) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map
)))
1609 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map
[load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
1611 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
1613 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
1615 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
1617 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
1619 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
1621 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
1623 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
1625 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
1627 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
1631 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-generic browse-url-mail browse-url-mmm
1632 ;;;;;; browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3-gnudoit
1633 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-cci browse-url-grail
1634 ;;;;;; browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-netscape
1635 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
1636 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
1637 ;;;;;; browse-url-generic-program browse-url-save-file browse-url-netscape-display
1638 ;;;;;; browse-url-new-window-p browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url"
1639 ;;;;;; "net/browse-url.el" (14930 62509))
1640 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1642 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (eq system-type (quote windows-nt)) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-netscape)) "\
1643 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1644 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1645 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1647 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1648 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1649 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1650 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1651 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1653 (defvar browse-url-new-window-p nil "\
1654 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
1655 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
1656 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
1657 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
1659 (defvar browse-url-netscape-display nil "\
1660 *The X display for running Netscape, if not same as Emacs'.")
1662 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
1663 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
1664 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
1666 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
1667 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
1669 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1670 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1671 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1672 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1673 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1674 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil)
1676 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1677 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1678 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1679 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1682 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1683 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil)
1685 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1686 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil)
1688 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1689 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1690 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1691 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1693 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1694 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1695 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1696 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1698 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1699 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1700 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1701 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1702 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1705 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1706 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1707 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1708 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1710 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1711 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1712 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1713 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1715 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1716 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1718 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
1719 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
1720 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1721 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
1723 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1724 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
1725 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
1726 effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1728 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1729 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1731 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
1732 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1734 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1735 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
1736 program is invoked according to the variable
1737 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
1739 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1740 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
1741 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1742 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1744 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1745 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1747 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
1748 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
1749 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
1751 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
1752 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
1753 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
1754 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
1756 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
1757 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1758 Default to the URL around or before point.
1760 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
1761 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
1762 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
1764 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1765 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
1766 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1767 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1769 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1770 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1772 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
1773 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1774 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1776 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
1777 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
1778 Default to the URL around or before point.
1780 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1781 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
1782 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1784 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1785 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1787 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
1788 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
1789 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
1790 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1792 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
1793 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1794 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
1795 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
1796 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil)
1798 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
1799 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1800 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
1801 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
1803 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1804 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
1805 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
1806 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1808 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1809 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1811 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
1812 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
1813 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1815 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
1816 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
1817 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
1818 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
1819 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
1822 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1823 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
1824 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
1825 `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1827 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1828 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1830 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
1831 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
1832 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
1833 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
1834 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
1835 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil)
1839 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (13607
1841 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
1843 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
1844 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
1846 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
1847 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil)
1851 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
1852 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (14886 21763))
1853 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
1855 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
1856 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1857 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1858 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1860 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
1861 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1862 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1863 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1865 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
1866 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil)
1868 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
1869 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
1871 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
1872 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
1873 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
1874 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
1876 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
1877 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
1878 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
1879 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
1880 name of buffer configuration." t nil)
1884 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
1885 ;;;;;; display-call-tree byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file
1886 ;;;;;; byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp"
1887 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (14938 58920))
1888 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
1890 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
1891 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
1892 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
1894 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1895 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
1896 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
1897 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
1899 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
1900 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
1901 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
1902 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
1904 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
1906 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
1907 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
1909 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
1910 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
1911 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
1912 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling.
1913 The value is t if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil)
1915 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
1916 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
1917 Print the result in the minibuffer.
1918 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
1920 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
1921 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
1922 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
1924 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
1925 Display a call graph of a specified file.
1926 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
1927 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
1928 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
1929 all functions called by those functions.
1931 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
1932 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
1935 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
1936 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
1937 invoked interactively." t nil)
1939 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
1940 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
1941 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
1942 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
1943 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
1944 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil)
1946 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1947 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
1948 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
1949 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
1953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (12984 38822))
1954 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
1956 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1958 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1962 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
1963 ;;;;;; (13997 6729))
1964 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
1966 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
1967 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
1968 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
1969 from the cursor position." t nil)
1973 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (14948
1975 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
1977 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
1978 Run the Emacs calculator.
1979 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil)
1983 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
1984 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
1985 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
1986 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
1987 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
1988 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
1989 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
1990 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
1991 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
1992 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
1993 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
1994 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
1995 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
1996 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
1997 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
1998 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
1999 ;;;;;; (14942 61379))
2000 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2002 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
2003 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
2004 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
2006 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2007 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2008 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2009 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2012 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2013 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
2014 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2015 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2016 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
2018 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
2019 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
2020 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
2021 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
2022 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
2023 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
2024 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
2026 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
2027 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
2028 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
2029 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
2030 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
2032 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
2033 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
2034 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
2036 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2037 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2038 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2040 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2041 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2042 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2044 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2045 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2046 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2049 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2050 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2051 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2053 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2054 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2055 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2057 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2059 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2060 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2061 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2063 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2066 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2067 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2068 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2070 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2073 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2074 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2075 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2077 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2078 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2079 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2080 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2081 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2083 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2084 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2085 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2086 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2087 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2088 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2089 a function is also provided for this:
2090 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2092 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2093 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2094 date is not visible in the window.
2096 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2097 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2098 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2100 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2101 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2103 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2104 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2105 date is visible in the window.
2107 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2108 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2109 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2111 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2112 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2116 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
2118 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2120 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2121 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2123 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
2131 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
2132 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
2133 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
2134 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
2135 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
2136 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
2137 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
2138 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
2141 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
2142 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
2143 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
2151 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2152 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2154 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2155 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2156 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2157 window but will appear in a diary window.
2159 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2160 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2162 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2163 entries (in the default American style):
2165 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2166 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2167 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2169 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2170 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2171 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2172 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2173 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2174 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2175 &* 15 time cards due.
2177 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2178 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2179 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2183 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2184 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2185 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2186 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2187 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2188 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2190 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2191 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2192 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2194 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2196 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2198 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
2199 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
2200 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
2201 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2202 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2203 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2204 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
2205 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
2206 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
2208 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
2209 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
2210 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
2211 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
2212 for these functions for details.
2214 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2215 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2217 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2218 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2220 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2221 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2223 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2224 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2226 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
2227 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
2228 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
2230 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
2231 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
2232 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
2234 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
2235 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
2236 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
2237 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
2239 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
2240 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
2241 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
2242 1990. The accepted European date styles are
2250 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
2251 characters with or without a period.")
2253 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2254 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2255 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2257 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2258 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2259 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2261 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2262 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2263 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
2265 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2266 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2267 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2269 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2270 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2271 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2272 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2273 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2274 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2276 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2277 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2278 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2280 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2281 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2282 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2285 #include \"filename\"
2287 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2288 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
2289 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2290 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2291 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2293 For example, you could use
2295 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2296 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2297 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2299 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2300 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2301 lexicographic order.")
2303 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2304 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2305 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2307 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2308 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2309 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2312 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2313 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2314 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2315 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2316 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2317 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2318 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2320 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2321 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2322 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2323 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2324 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2325 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2326 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
2327 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2329 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
2330 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
2331 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2332 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
2333 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2334 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2336 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2337 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2339 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2340 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2341 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2343 #include \"filename\"
2344 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2345 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
2346 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2347 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2348 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2350 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
2351 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
2352 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2353 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
2354 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2355 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2357 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
2358 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
2359 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
2362 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
2363 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
2364 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
2365 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
2366 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
2368 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2370 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
2371 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
2372 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2374 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2376 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
2378 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2380 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2382 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
2384 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2386 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2388 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
2389 *User defined holidays.
2390 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2392 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2394 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
2396 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2398 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
2400 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2402 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
2404 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2406 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
2408 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2410 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
2412 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2414 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2416 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
2417 *Christian holidays.
2418 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2420 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2422 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
2424 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2426 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2428 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
2429 *Sun-related holidays.
2430 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2432 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2434 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
2435 The frame set up of the calendar.
2436 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
2437 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
2438 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
2439 any other value the current frame is used.")
2441 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
2442 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
2443 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil)
2447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (14895 37935))
2448 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
2450 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2451 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2453 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2454 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
2456 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2457 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
2459 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2460 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
2462 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2463 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
2465 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2466 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
2470 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2471 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2472 ;;;;;; (14895 24174))
2473 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2475 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil)
2477 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2478 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2479 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2480 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2481 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2482 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
2484 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2486 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
2487 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
2491 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
2493 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2494 Major mode for editing C++ code.
2495 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2496 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2497 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2498 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2501 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2503 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2504 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2505 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2508 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
2510 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2511 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
2512 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2513 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2514 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2515 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2518 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2520 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2521 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
2525 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
2527 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2528 Major mode for editing Java code.
2529 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2530 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2531 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2532 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
2535 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2537 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2538 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2539 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
2540 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
2541 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
2544 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
2546 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2547 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
2548 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2549 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2550 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2551 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2554 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2556 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2557 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2558 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2561 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil)
2563 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2564 Major mode for editing Pike code.
2565 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2566 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2567 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2568 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2571 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2573 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2574 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2575 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2578 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil)
2582 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
2583 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (14895 24174))
2584 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
2586 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
2587 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
2588 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
2589 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
2590 for details of setting up styles.
2592 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
2595 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables
2596 that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
2597 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
2598 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
2601 Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial
2602 style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is
2603 done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it." t nil)
2605 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
2606 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
2607 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
2608 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
2610 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
2612 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
2613 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
2614 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
2616 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
2617 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
2618 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
2619 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
2620 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil)
2624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (14895 24174))
2625 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
2627 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
2628 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
2629 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
2630 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
2631 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
2633 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
2634 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
2636 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
2641 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
2642 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
2643 ;;;;;; (14982 50903))
2644 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
2646 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
2647 Return a compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integer." nil nil)
2649 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
2650 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil)
2652 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2653 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
2655 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
2656 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
2657 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
2658 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
2661 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro))
2663 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2664 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
2666 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
2667 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
2671 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
2672 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
2673 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
2676 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
2677 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
2678 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
2679 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
2681 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
2682 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
2685 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2687 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2689 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2692 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
2695 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
2696 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
2697 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
2700 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
2702 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzeor, execute
2703 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
2704 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2706 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
2708 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
2710 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
2711 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2713 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
2717 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
2719 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
2721 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
2722 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
2725 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
2726 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
2729 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
2731 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
2732 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
2733 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
2734 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
2735 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
2736 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2737 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
2738 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
2739 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
2740 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
2741 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
2742 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
2743 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
2744 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
2745 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
2746 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
2749 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
2750 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
2752 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
2753 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
2755 | (write EXPRESSION)
2756 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
2757 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
2760 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
2763 ;; Same as: (write string)
2765 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
2766 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
2767 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
2770 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
2771 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
2772 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
2773 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
2774 ;; is the second code point of the character.
2775 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
2777 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
2778 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
2780 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
2783 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
2784 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
2785 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
2787 ARG := REG | integer
2790 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
2793 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
2796 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
2799 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
2800 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
2803 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
2804 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
2805 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
2808 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
2809 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
2810 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
2813 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
2814 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
2816 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
2817 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
2818 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
2821 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
2822 ;; second code point of CHAR.
2825 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
2826 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
2828 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
2831 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
2835 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
2836 ;; Same meaning as C code
2837 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
2839 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
2844 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
2845 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
2848 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
2849 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
2853 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
2857 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
2858 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
2859 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
2861 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
2862 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
2863 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
2864 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
2865 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
2867 " nil (quote macro))
2869 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2870 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
2871 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
2872 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
2873 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
2874 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro))
2876 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
2877 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
2878 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
2880 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program." nil nil)
2884 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
2885 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
2886 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
2887 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
2888 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
2889 ;;;;;; checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
2890 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
2891 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
2892 ;;;;;; (14866 25750))
2893 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
2895 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
2896 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors.
2897 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which
2898 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil)
2900 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2901 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
2902 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
2903 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
2904 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
2905 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
2906 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
2907 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
2909 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2910 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
2911 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
2912 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
2913 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
2914 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
2915 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
2916 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
2918 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2919 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
2920 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
2921 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
2922 spacing are all verified." t nil)
2924 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2925 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
2926 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
2927 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
2928 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil)
2930 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
2931 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
2932 Only documentation strings are checked.
2933 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
2934 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
2935 a separate buffer." t nil)
2937 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
2938 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
2939 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
2940 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
2941 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil)
2943 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
2944 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
2945 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
2946 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
2948 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil)
2950 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
2951 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
2952 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil)
2954 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2955 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
2956 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
2957 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
2958 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil)
2960 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2961 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
2962 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
2963 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
2964 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
2965 space at the end of each line." t nil)
2967 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
2968 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
2969 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
2970 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil)
2972 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2973 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
2974 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
2975 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil)
2977 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2978 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
2979 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
2980 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil)
2982 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2983 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
2984 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
2985 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil)
2987 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
2988 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
2989 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
2990 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil)
2992 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
2993 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
2994 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
2995 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil)
2997 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
2998 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
2999 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3000 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil)
3002 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3003 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3004 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3005 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil)
3007 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3008 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3009 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3010 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil)
3012 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
3013 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3014 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
3016 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3017 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3018 checking of documentation strings.
3020 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
3024 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
3025 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (14623
3027 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3029 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3030 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3031 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
3033 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3034 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
3036 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3037 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3038 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
3040 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3041 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
3045 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3046 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (14883 31905))
3047 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3049 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
3050 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3051 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3052 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3053 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3054 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
3056 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
3057 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3058 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3059 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3060 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3062 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
3064 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
3065 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3066 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3067 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3068 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3070 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3071 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3072 \\{command-history-map}
3074 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3075 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil)
3079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (14924 25355))
3080 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3082 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3083 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3084 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3085 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3086 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3087 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3089 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3090 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3094 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3095 ;;;;;; (14893 1953))
3096 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3098 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
3102 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3103 ;;;;;; (14837 27695))
3104 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3106 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
3107 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3108 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3109 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3111 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3112 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
3113 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
3115 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3116 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
3120 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (14947
3122 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3124 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
3125 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
3126 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3127 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3128 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
3129 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
3130 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
3131 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3135 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
3136 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
3137 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (14910 3328))
3138 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
3140 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3141 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
3142 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
3145 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
3146 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
3147 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
3148 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil)
3150 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3151 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
3152 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3154 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3155 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
3156 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3158 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3159 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
3160 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3162 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
3163 Return an alist of supported codepages.
3165 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
3166 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
3167 for the character set supported by that codepage.
3169 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
3170 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil)
3172 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
3173 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
3175 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
3176 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
3177 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil)
3181 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3182 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3183 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3185 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3187 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
3188 Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3189 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3190 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3191 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3192 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3193 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3194 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3196 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
3198 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
3199 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3200 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3201 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3202 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3203 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3204 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3205 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3207 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
3209 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
3210 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
3211 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3212 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3213 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3214 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
3216 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
3217 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3218 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3220 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3222 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
3223 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3224 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3226 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3228 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
3229 Send COMMAND to current process.
3230 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3231 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3233 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
3234 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3235 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3236 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3240 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (14777
3242 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
3244 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
3245 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
3246 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
3247 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
3249 This command pushes the mark in each window
3250 at the prior location of point in that window.
3251 If both windows display the same buffer,
3252 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
3253 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
3255 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
3256 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
3257 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
3261 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
3262 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
3263 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
3264 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (14916 51180))
3265 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
3267 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
3268 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
3270 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
3271 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
3273 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
3274 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
3275 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
3276 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
3277 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
3279 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
3280 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
3281 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
3282 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
3283 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
3285 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
3286 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
3287 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
3288 describing how the process finished.")
3290 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
3291 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
3292 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
3293 and a string describing how the process finished.")
3295 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
3296 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
3297 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
3299 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
3300 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
3301 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
3302 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
3304 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
3305 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
3306 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
3307 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
3309 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
3310 and move to the source code that caused it.
3312 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
3313 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
3315 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
3316 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
3317 Then start the next one.
3319 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
3320 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
3321 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
3323 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
3324 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
3325 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
3326 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
3327 where grep found matches.
3329 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
3330 easily repeat a grep command.
3332 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
3333 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
3334 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
3335 if that history list is empty)." t nil)
3337 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
3338 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
3339 Collect output in a buffer.
3340 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
3341 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
3343 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
3344 easily repeat a find command." t nil)
3346 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
3347 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
3348 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
3349 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
3350 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
3352 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil)
3354 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3355 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
3356 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3357 See `compilation-mode'.
3358 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3360 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3361 Toggle compilation minor mode.
3362 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3363 See `compilation-mode'.
3364 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3366 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
3367 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
3369 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
3370 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
3372 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move;
3373 negative means move back to previous error messages.
3374 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
3375 and start at the first error.
3377 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
3378 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
3379 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
3380 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
3381 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
3382 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
3384 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
3385 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
3386 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
3388 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
3389 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
3390 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
3394 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
3395 ;;;;;; (14981 29950))
3396 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
3398 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
3399 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
3400 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
3401 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3402 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
3404 (custom-add-to-group (quote partial-completion) (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3406 (custom-add-load (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote complete))
3408 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
3409 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
3410 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
3412 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
3413 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
3414 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
3415 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
3417 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
3418 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
3419 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
3420 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
3422 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
3423 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
3424 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
3425 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil)
3429 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
3430 ;;;;;; (14777 22150))
3431 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
3433 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
3434 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil)
3438 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
3439 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
3440 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
3441 ;;;;;; (14933 40934))
3442 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
3444 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
3445 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
3446 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
3447 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
3450 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
3452 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
3453 | | 1:tc or top-center
3454 | | 2:tr or top-right
3455 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
3456 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
3457 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
3458 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
3459 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
3460 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
3462 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
3463 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
3464 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
3465 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
3468 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
3469 NEW-REF-POINT is `tl' (top-left), the overall glyph is updated as
3470 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
3472 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
3476 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
3480 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
3483 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
3484 Compose characters in the current region.
3486 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
3488 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
3489 specifying the region.
3491 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3492 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers.
3494 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
3495 of the text in the region.
3497 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
3499 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
3500 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
3501 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
3502 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
3504 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
3505 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
3508 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3509 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3510 text in the composition." t nil)
3512 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
3513 Decompose text in the current region.
3515 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
3516 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
3518 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
3519 Compose characters in string STRING.
3521 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
3522 the characters in it.
3524 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
3525 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
3526 STRING respectively.
3528 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3529 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
3530 `compose-region' for more detail.
3532 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3533 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3534 text in the composition." nil nil)
3536 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
3537 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil)
3539 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
3540 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
3541 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
3542 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
3543 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
3544 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
3545 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
3546 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil)
3548 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
3549 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
3551 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
3552 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
3554 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
3555 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
3557 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
3558 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
3560 If no composition is found, return nil.
3562 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
3563 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
3565 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
3566 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
3567 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
3569 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
3571 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
3573 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
3574 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
3575 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
3577 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
3579 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil)
3581 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
3582 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
3584 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
3585 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
3586 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
3587 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
3588 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
3589 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
3590 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
3593 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
3595 nil -- if no characters were composed.
3596 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
3598 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
3600 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
3601 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
3603 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil)
3605 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
3606 Compose last characters.
3607 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
3608 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
3609 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
3610 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
3611 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
3612 and that function find a proper rule to compose the target characters.
3613 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
3614 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
3615 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
3616 after a sequence character events." t nil)
3617 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
3619 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
3620 Convert CHAR to string.
3621 This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and the earlier.
3623 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
3624 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or
3625 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil)
3629 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
3630 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (14747 44775))
3631 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
3633 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
3634 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file
3635 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
3637 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
3638 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file
3639 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
3641 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
3642 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
3643 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
3644 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
3646 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
3647 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil)
3651 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
3652 ;;;;;; (14938 58920))
3653 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
3655 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
3656 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer to indicate
3657 the current year. If optional prefix ARG is given replace the years in the
3658 notice rather than adding the current year after them. If necessary and
3659 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, the copying permissions following the
3660 copyright, if any, are updated as well." t nil)
3662 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
3663 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
3667 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
3668 ;;;;;; (14930 62509))
3669 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
3671 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
3672 Major mode for editing Perl code.
3673 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
3674 Tab indents for Perl code.
3675 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
3676 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
3678 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
3679 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
3680 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
3681 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
3682 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
3683 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess
3684 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
3685 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
3686 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
3687 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
3688 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
3689 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
3691 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
3693 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
3694 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
3696 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
3698 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
3699 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
3700 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
3701 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
3702 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
3703 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
3704 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
3705 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
3706 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
3708 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
3712 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
3713 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
3714 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
3717 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
3718 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
3719 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
3721 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
3723 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
3724 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
3725 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
3726 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
3727 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
3729 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
3739 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
3740 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
3741 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
3742 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
3743 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
3744 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
3745 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
3746 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
3747 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
3748 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
3749 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
3750 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
3751 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
3753 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
3754 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
3755 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
3756 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
3757 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
3758 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
3760 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
3761 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
3764 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
3765 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
3766 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
3767 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
3768 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
3770 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
3771 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
3772 span the needed amount of lines.
3774 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
3775 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
3776 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
3777 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
3779 Variables controlling indentation style:
3780 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
3781 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
3782 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
3783 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
3784 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
3785 `cperl-auto-newline'
3786 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
3787 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
3788 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
3789 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
3790 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
3791 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
3792 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
3793 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
3794 `cperl-indent-level'
3795 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
3796 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
3797 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
3798 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
3799 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
3800 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
3801 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
3802 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
3803 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3804 `cperl-brace-offset'
3805 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
3806 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
3807 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
3808 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
3809 `cperl-label-offset'
3810 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
3811 `cperl-min-label-indent'
3812 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
3814 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
3815 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
3816 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
3817 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
3818 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
3820 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
3821 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
3822 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
3823 \(both available from menu).
3825 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
3826 column 0 is indented on
3827 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3829 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
3832 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
3833 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
3834 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil)
3838 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
3839 ;;;;;; (14726 36009))
3840 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
3842 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
3843 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
3844 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
3845 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
3846 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil)
3848 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
3849 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil)
3853 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
3854 ;;;;;; (14634 20465))
3855 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
3857 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
3858 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
3859 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
3860 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
3862 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3863 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
3865 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3867 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
3869 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
3870 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
3871 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil)
3873 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
3877 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
3878 ;;;;;; (14600 36409))
3879 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
3881 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
3882 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
3883 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
3884 single prompt, optionally using completion.
3886 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
3887 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
3888 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
3889 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
3891 The default value for the separator character is the value of
3892 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
3893 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
3895 Continguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
3896 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
3899 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
3900 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
3901 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
3903 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
3905 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
3906 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
3907 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD." nil nil)
3911 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
3912 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
3913 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
3914 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
3915 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
3916 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
3917 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable
3918 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
3919 ;;;;;; (14955 64849))
3920 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
3921 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
3923 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
3924 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
3926 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3927 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3929 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3930 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3932 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3934 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
3935 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
3937 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
3938 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
3940 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
3941 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
3943 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3944 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3946 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3947 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3949 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3951 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
3952 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
3953 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
3954 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
3956 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
3957 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
3959 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3960 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3962 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3963 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3965 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3967 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
3968 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
3969 User options are structured into \"groups\".
3970 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
3971 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
3973 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
3974 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
3976 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3977 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
3979 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
3981 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
3982 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
3984 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
3985 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
3986 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
3987 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
3988 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
3990 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
3991 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
3994 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
3996 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3997 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
3998 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
4000 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
4001 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
4002 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil)
4004 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4005 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window." t nil)
4007 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4008 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
4010 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
4011 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
4013 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
4014 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4015 If ALL is `options', include only options.
4016 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
4017 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
4018 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
4019 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil)
4021 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
4022 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4023 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil)
4025 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
4026 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil)
4028 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
4029 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil)
4031 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
4032 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4033 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4034 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4035 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4036 that option." nil nil)
4038 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4039 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4040 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4041 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4042 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4043 that option." nil nil)
4045 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
4046 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil)
4048 (defvar custom-file nil "\
4049 File used for storing customization information.
4050 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
4051 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
4052 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
4054 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
4055 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
4056 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
4057 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
4059 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4060 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
4062 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
4063 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
4065 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4066 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4067 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4069 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4070 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4071 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
4072 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
4073 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4077 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
4078 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (14883 29489))
4079 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
4081 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
4082 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
4084 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
4085 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
4086 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
4088 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
4090 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
4091 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
4092 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
4094 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
4098 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
4099 ;;;;;; (14909 56659))
4100 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
4102 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
4103 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil)
4107 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
4108 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (14746 24125))
4109 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
4111 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4112 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
4114 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
4115 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
4116 C++ modes are included.
4118 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
4120 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4123 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
4124 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil)
4126 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4127 Hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions in all buffers.
4129 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on globally if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
4133 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
4134 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
4135 ;;;;;; (14623 45987))
4136 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
4138 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
4139 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
4141 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
4142 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
4144 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
4145 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
4146 For readability, the table is slightly
4147 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
4149 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
4150 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
4151 Possible values are listed in 'cyrillic-language-alist'.
4152 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
4153 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil)
4157 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
4158 ;;;;;; (14975 59459))
4159 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
4161 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
4163 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
4165 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
4166 Completion on current word.
4167 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
4168 and presents suggestions for completion.
4170 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
4171 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
4174 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
4175 then it searches *all* buffers.
4177 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
4178 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
4180 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
4181 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
4183 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
4184 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
4185 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
4186 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
4187 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
4189 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
4190 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
4192 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
4193 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
4194 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
4196 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
4197 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
4199 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
4203 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (14977
4205 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
4207 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
4208 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
4210 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
4211 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
4212 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
4214 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
4215 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
4216 Data lines are not indented.
4221 Commands not usually bound to keys:
4223 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
4224 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
4225 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
4226 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
4228 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
4231 Extra indentation within blocks.
4233 dcl-continuation-offset
4234 Extra indentation for continued lines.
4237 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
4239 dcl-margin-label-offset
4240 Indentation for a label.
4242 dcl-comment-line-regexp
4243 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
4245 dcl-block-begin-regexp
4246 dcl-block-end-regexp
4247 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
4248 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
4249 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
4250 make it possible to define other places to indent.
4251 Set to nil to disable this feature.
4253 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
4254 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
4255 Two such functions are included in the package:
4256 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
4257 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
4259 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
4260 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
4261 One such function is included in the package:
4262 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
4264 dcl-tab-always-indent
4265 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
4266 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
4269 dcl-electric-characters
4270 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
4273 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
4274 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
4275 which words trigger electric indentation.
4278 dcl-tempo-left-paren
4279 dcl-tempo-right-paren
4280 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
4282 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
4283 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
4284 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
4285 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
4287 dcl-imenu-label-labels
4288 dcl-imenu-label-goto
4289 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
4290 dcl-imenu-label-call
4291 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
4293 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
4294 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4295 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
4296 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4299 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
4301 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
4302 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
4303 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
4305 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
4306 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
4310 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
4311 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
4312 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
4313 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
4314 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
4315 \"lined up with the command line\"
4317 Data lines are not indented at all.
4318 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
4325 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
4326 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (14763 42852))
4327 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
4329 (setq debugger (quote debug))
4331 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
4332 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
4333 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
4336 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
4337 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
4338 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
4340 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4341 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
4342 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
4343 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
4344 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
4345 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
4346 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
4348 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4349 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
4350 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
4354 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
4355 ;;;;;; (14747 44776))
4356 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
4358 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
4359 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
4361 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
4362 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
4363 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
4364 Upper-case letters are commands.
4366 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
4369 The most useful commands are:
4370 \\<decipher-mode-map>
4371 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
4372 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
4373 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
4374 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
4375 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
4379 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
4380 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (14846
4382 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
4384 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
4385 Customization of `columns' group." t nil)
4387 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
4388 Prettify all columns in a text region.
4390 START and END delimits the text region." t nil)
4392 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
4393 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
4395 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil)
4399 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (14962
4401 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
4403 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
4404 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
4405 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
4406 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
4407 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
4408 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
4410 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
4414 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
4415 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
4416 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
4417 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
4418 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
4419 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
4420 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
4421 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
4422 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4423 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
4424 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
4425 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
4427 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
4428 Directories to search when finding external units.
4429 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
4430 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
4434 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
4435 Face used to color delphi comments.
4436 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
4437 Face used to color delphi strings.
4438 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
4439 Face used to color delphi keywords.
4440 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
4441 Face used to color everything else.
4443 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
4444 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
4448 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (14854
4450 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
4452 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
4454 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
4455 Toggle Delete-Selection mode on or off.
4456 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4457 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4458 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
4460 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4462 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
4464 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
4465 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
4466 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
4469 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
4470 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
4471 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
4472 any selection." t nil)
4476 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
4477 ;;;;;; "derived" "derived.el" (14896 40328))
4478 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
4480 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
4481 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
4483 The arguments to this command are as follow:
4485 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
4486 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode').
4487 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
4488 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
4489 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
4490 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
4491 hooks for the new mode.
4493 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
4495 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
4497 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
4498 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
4499 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
4501 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
4502 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
4504 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
4505 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
4506 (setq case-fold-search nil))
4508 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
4509 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro))
4511 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
4512 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
4513 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
4514 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
4515 the first time the mode is used." nil nil)
4519 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
4520 ;;;;;; (14823 12922))
4521 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
4523 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
4524 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
4525 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil)
4527 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
4528 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
4529 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
4530 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil)
4534 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-decode-itrans-region devanagari-encode-itrans-region
4535 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region
4536 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region
4537 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region devanagari-compose-string devanagari-decompose-region
4538 ;;;;;; devanagari-decompose-string char-to-glyph-devanagari indian-to-devanagari-string
4539 ;;;;;; devanagari-to-indian-region indian-to-devanagari-region devanagari-to-indian
4540 ;;;;;; indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el"
4541 ;;;;;; (14775 56550))
4542 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
4544 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
4545 Convert IS 13194 character CHAR to Devanagari basic characters.
4546 If CHAR is not IS 13194, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
4548 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian) "devan-util" "\
4549 Convert Devanagari basic character CHAR to IS 13194 characters.
4550 If CHAR is not Devanagari basic character, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
4552 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-region) "devan-util" "\
4553 Convert IS 13194 characters in region to Devanagari basic characters.
4554 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4555 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
4557 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian-region) "devan-util" "\
4558 Convert Devanagari basic characters in region to Indian characters.
4559 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4560 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
4562 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-string) "devan-util" "\
4563 Convert Indian characters in STRING to Devanagari Basic characters." nil nil)
4565 (autoload (quote char-to-glyph-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
4566 Convert Devanagari characters in STRING to Devanagari glyphs.
4567 Ligatures and special rules are processed." nil nil)
4569 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-string) "devan-util" "\
4570 Decompose Devanagari string STR" nil nil)
4572 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4574 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-string) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4576 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4578 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
4579 Compose IS 13194 characters in the region to Devanagari characters." t nil)
4581 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4583 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
4584 Decompose Devanagari characters in the region to IS 13194 characters." t nil)
4586 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4588 (autoload (quote devanagari-encode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4590 (autoload (quote devanagari-decode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4594 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
4595 ;;;;;; (14962 55364))
4596 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
4598 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
4599 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
4600 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
4601 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
4602 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
4604 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
4605 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
4606 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
4608 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
4609 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
4610 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
4611 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
4614 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
4616 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
4617 european-calendar-style t \\
4618 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
4619 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
4620 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
4622 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
4623 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
4624 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
4625 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil)
4629 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
4630 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (14777 22163))
4631 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
4633 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
4634 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
4636 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
4637 *The command to use to run diff.")
4639 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
4640 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
4641 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
4642 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
4643 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
4645 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
4646 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4647 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4648 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4649 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
4653 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
4654 ;;;;;; (14959 64907))
4655 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
4657 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4658 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4659 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent) normal diffs.
4660 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
4661 This mode runs `diff-mode-hook'.
4662 \\{diff-mode-map}" t nil)
4664 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4665 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4666 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
4670 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
4671 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
4672 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
4673 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
4674 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (14962 39486))
4675 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
4677 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
4678 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
4679 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
4680 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
4681 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.")
4683 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
4684 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
4686 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
4687 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
4688 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
4689 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
4690 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
4692 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
4693 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
4695 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
4696 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
4697 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
4698 always set this variable to t.")
4700 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
4701 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
4702 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
4703 A value of t means move to first file.")
4705 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
4706 *Controls marking of renamed files.
4707 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
4708 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
4709 are afterward marked with that character.")
4711 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
4712 *Controls marking of copied files.
4713 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
4714 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4716 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
4717 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
4718 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4719 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4721 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
4722 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
4723 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4724 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4726 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
4727 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
4728 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
4729 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
4731 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
4733 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
4734 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
4735 \(This works on only some systems.)")
4736 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
4738 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
4739 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
4740 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
4741 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
4742 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
4743 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
4744 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
4745 list of files to make directory entries for.
4746 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
4747 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
4748 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
4749 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
4751 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
4752 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
4754 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
4755 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
4756 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
4758 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
4759 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
4761 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
4762 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
4766 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
4767 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
4768 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
4769 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
4770 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
4771 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
4772 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
4773 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
4774 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
4775 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
4776 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
4777 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
4778 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (14962 39486))
4779 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
4781 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4782 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
4783 FILE defaults to the file at the mark.
4784 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
4785 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
4786 which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4788 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4789 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4790 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4791 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4792 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
4793 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4795 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
4796 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
4797 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil)
4799 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
4800 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4802 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
4803 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4805 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
4806 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
4807 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
4808 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil)
4810 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
4811 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
4812 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
4813 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
4814 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
4816 If there is output, it goes to a separate buffer.
4818 Normally the command is run on each file individually.
4819 However, if there is a `*' in the command then it is run
4820 just once with the entire file list substituted there.
4822 If there is no `*', but a `?' in the command then it is still run
4823 on each file individually but with the filename substituted there
4824 instead of att the end of the command.
4826 No automatic redisplay of dired buffers is attempted, as there's no
4827 telling what files the command may have changed. Type
4828 \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
4830 The shell command has the top level directory as working directory, so
4831 output files usually are created there instead of in a subdir.
4833 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
4834 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil)
4836 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
4837 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
4838 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
4839 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
4840 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
4841 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil)
4843 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4845 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
4846 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4848 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
4849 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4851 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
4852 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4854 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
4855 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
4856 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
4857 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil)
4859 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4861 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4863 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4865 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4867 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4869 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
4870 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil)
4872 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
4873 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
4874 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
4875 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4876 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
4877 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
4878 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4880 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
4881 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4882 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4883 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
4884 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
4885 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4887 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
4888 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4889 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4890 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
4891 and new hard links are made in that directory
4892 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4894 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
4895 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4896 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
4897 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory." t nil)
4899 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4900 Rename marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4901 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
4902 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
4903 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
4904 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
4906 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
4907 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil)
4909 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4910 Copy all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4911 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4913 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4914 Hardlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4915 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4917 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4918 Symlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4919 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4921 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
4922 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil)
4924 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
4925 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil)
4927 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4928 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
4929 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
4930 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
4931 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
4932 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
4934 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
4936 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4937 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
4938 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
4939 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
4940 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
4941 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
4943 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
4945 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4946 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
4947 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil)
4949 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4950 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
4951 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
4952 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil)
4954 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
4955 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
4956 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
4957 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil)
4959 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4960 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
4961 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil)
4963 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
4964 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil)
4966 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
4967 Go down in the dired tree." t nil)
4969 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4970 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
4971 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
4972 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil)
4974 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
4975 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
4976 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
4977 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil)
4979 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
4980 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
4981 Stops when a match is found.
4982 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
4984 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4985 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
4986 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
4987 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query replace
4988 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
4990 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
4991 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
4992 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
4993 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead." t nil)
4997 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (14937 32770))
4998 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
5000 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
5001 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
5002 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
5003 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
5004 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
5005 buffer and try again." t nil)
5009 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14977 56454))
5010 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
5012 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
5013 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
5014 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
5016 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
5018 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
5019 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
5021 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
5022 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
5027 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776
5029 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
5031 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
5032 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
5033 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
5034 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
5035 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
5036 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
5040 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
5041 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
5042 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
5043 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
5044 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (14777 22181))
5045 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
5047 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5048 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
5050 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
5051 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
5052 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
5053 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
5054 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
5056 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
5057 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
5058 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
5059 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
5060 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
5062 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5063 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil)
5065 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5066 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
5068 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
5069 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
5071 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
5072 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
5074 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
5075 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
5077 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
5078 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
5079 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
5080 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
5082 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
5083 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
5084 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
5087 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
5088 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
5090 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
5091 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal." nil nil)
5093 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
5094 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
5096 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
5097 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
5098 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
5099 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
5101 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
5102 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
5103 European character display.
5105 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
5106 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
5107 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
5108 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
5110 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
5111 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
5112 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
5113 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
5114 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil)
5118 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
5119 ;;;;;; (13229 28172))
5120 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
5122 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
5123 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
5124 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
5125 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
5126 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
5127 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
5128 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
5129 Default is 2." t nil)
5133 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (14830 63254))
5134 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
5136 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
5137 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
5141 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
5142 ;;;;;; (14777 22183))
5143 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
5145 (defvar double-mode nil "\
5147 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5148 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
5150 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable))
5152 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double))
5154 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
5156 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
5158 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
5159 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil)
5163 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (13607 44546))
5164 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
5166 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
5167 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
5171 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
5172 ;;;;;; (14855 56553))
5173 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
5175 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
5176 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
5180 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
5181 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
5182 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (14961 12689))
5183 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
5185 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
5187 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
5188 Define a new minor mode MODE.
5189 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
5190 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
5192 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
5193 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
5194 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
5195 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
5196 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
5197 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
5198 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
5199 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
5202 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
5203 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
5204 BODY can start with a list of CL-style keys specifying additional arguments.
5205 The following keyword arguments are supported:
5206 :group Followed by the group name to use for any generated `defcustom'.
5207 :global If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
5208 buffer-local. By default, the variable is made buffer-local.
5209 :init-value Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
5210 :lighter Same as the LIGHTER argument." nil (quote macro))
5212 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
5213 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
5214 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
5215 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
5216 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
5217 :group to specify the custom group." nil (quote macro))
5219 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
5220 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
5221 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
5222 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
5223 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
5224 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
5225 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
5227 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
5229 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
5230 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
5231 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
5232 " nil (quote macro))
5236 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
5237 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (14904
5239 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
5241 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
5243 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
5244 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
5245 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
5246 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
5248 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
5249 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
5253 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
5258 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
5259 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
5263 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
5264 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5266 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
5268 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
5270 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
5272 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
5273 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
5275 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5276 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5278 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
5280 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
5282 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
5286 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
5287 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
5288 computed automatically.
5289 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
5293 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
5295 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
5296 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
5297 keyboard equivalent.
5301 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5302 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5306 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
5307 expression has a non-nil value.
5311 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
5312 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
5316 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
5320 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
5321 radio: A radio button.
5322 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
5323 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
5325 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
5329 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
5330 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5334 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
5336 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
5337 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
5338 as a solid horizontal line.
5340 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro))
5342 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil)
5344 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
5345 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
5346 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
5347 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
5349 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
5350 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
5351 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
5352 should contain a submenu named NAME.
5353 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
5354 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
5356 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
5357 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
5358 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
5360 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
5361 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil)
5365 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
5366 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
5367 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
5368 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
5369 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (14974 35998))
5370 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
5372 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
5373 Customization for ebnf group." t nil)
5375 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5376 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5378 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
5379 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
5382 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
5383 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
5384 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
5385 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
5387 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5388 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region.
5389 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
5391 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5392 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5393 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
5394 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
5396 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5398 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5399 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally.
5400 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
5402 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5404 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5405 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
5407 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5408 The EPS file name has the following form:
5410 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5412 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5413 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5415 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5416 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5417 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5418 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5420 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5422 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5423 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
5425 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5426 The EPS file name has the following form:
5428 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5430 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5431 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5433 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5434 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5435 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5436 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5438 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5440 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
5442 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5443 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil)
5445 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5446 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil)
5448 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
5449 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil)
5451 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5452 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil)
5454 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5455 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil)
5457 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5458 Set STYLE to current style.
5460 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5462 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5463 Reset current style.
5465 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5467 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5468 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
5470 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5472 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5473 Pop a style and set it to current style.
5475 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5479 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-tags-query-replace
5480 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
5481 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (14895
5483 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
5485 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
5486 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
5487 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
5488 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
5489 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
5490 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
5492 Tree mode key bindings:
5493 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}" t nil)
5495 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
5496 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled." t nil)
5498 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
5499 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
5500 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
5501 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
5504 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
5505 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
5506 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
5507 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over." t nil)
5509 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
5510 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
5511 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only." t nil)
5513 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
5514 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
5515 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
5516 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in." t nil)
5520 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
5521 ;;;;;; (14783 15355))
5522 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
5524 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
5525 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
5526 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
5527 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
5529 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
5530 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
5531 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
5533 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
5534 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
5535 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
5537 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
5539 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
5543 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
5544 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (14777 22184))
5545 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
5547 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
5548 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
5549 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
5553 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
5554 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (14921 47235))
5555 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
5557 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
5558 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
5559 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
5560 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
5561 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
5563 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
5564 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
5565 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
5566 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
5568 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
5569 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
5570 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
5571 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
5573 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
5574 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
5575 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
5576 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro))
5578 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
5580 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
5581 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
5582 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
5583 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
5584 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
5588 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
5589 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
5590 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
5591 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
5592 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
5593 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
5594 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
5595 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
5596 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3
5597 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (14952 1182))
5598 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
5600 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
5601 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
5603 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
5604 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
5606 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
5608 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
5610 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
5611 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
5613 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
5615 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
5616 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
5618 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
5620 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
5621 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
5622 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5623 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5625 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
5627 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5628 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
5629 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5630 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5632 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
5634 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
5635 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
5636 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
5637 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5639 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
5641 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
5642 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
5643 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5644 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5646 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
5648 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5649 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
5650 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
5651 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
5652 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
5653 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5655 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5656 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
5657 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5658 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5660 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
5662 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5663 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
5664 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5665 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5667 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
5669 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
5671 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5672 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
5673 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5675 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5676 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5678 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
5679 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
5680 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5682 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5683 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5685 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5686 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
5687 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
5688 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
5689 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
5691 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
5692 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
5693 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
5694 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
5695 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
5696 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
5698 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
5700 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
5701 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
5703 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5704 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
5706 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
5708 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
5709 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
5711 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5712 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
5714 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
5715 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
5716 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5719 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5720 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
5721 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5724 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
5725 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
5726 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
5727 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
5729 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
5730 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
5731 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
5732 and don't ask the user.
5733 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
5734 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil)
5736 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
5737 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME.
5738 Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for
5739 the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
5740 With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
5741 With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer." t nil)
5743 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
5745 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
5747 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
5748 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
5749 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
5750 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
5751 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
5753 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
5755 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
5756 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
5757 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
5759 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
5760 Display Ediff's manual.
5761 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
5765 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
5766 ;;;;;; (14878 17055))
5767 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
5769 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil)
5773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (14952 1182))
5774 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
5776 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
5778 (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser..."))))
5780 (cond ((string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) ((featurep (quote menu-bar)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation)))))
5784 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
5785 ;;;;;; (14845 20842))
5786 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
5788 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
5789 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
5791 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
5795 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
5796 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (14983 41745))
5797 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
5799 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
5800 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
5801 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
5804 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
5805 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
5806 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
5807 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
5811 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
5812 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
5813 ;;;;;; (14777 22205))
5814 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
5815 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
5817 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
5818 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
5819 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
5821 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5822 Edit a keyboard macro.
5823 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
5824 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
5825 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
5827 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
5829 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5830 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
5832 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5833 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
5835 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5836 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
5837 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
5838 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
5839 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
5840 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
5842 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
5843 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
5844 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
5845 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
5847 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5848 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
5849 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
5850 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
5851 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
5852 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
5856 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
5857 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (14937 48691))
5858 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
5860 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
5862 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
5863 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window." t nil)
5865 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
5866 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
5870 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
5871 ;;;;;; (14793 8312))
5872 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
5874 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
5875 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
5876 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
5877 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
5878 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
5879 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
5880 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
5881 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
5883 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
5884 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
5886 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
5887 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
5888 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
5889 this value is non-nil.
5891 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
5892 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
5893 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
5895 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise) the help
5896 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion')
5897 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
5899 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil)
5903 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string
5904 ;;;;;; eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (14890 7814))
5905 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
5907 (defvar eldoc-mode nil "\
5908 *If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
5910 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
5911 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
5912 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
5913 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
5914 from the documentation string if possible.
5916 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
5919 This variable is buffer-local.")
5921 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
5922 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled.")
5924 (cond ((fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (add-minor-mode (quote eldoc-mode) (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string))) ((assq (quote eldoc-mode) (default-value (quote minor-mode-alist)))) (t (setq-default minor-mode-alist (append (default-value (quote minor-mode-alist)) (quote ((eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)))))))
5926 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
5927 *Enable or disable eldoc mode.
5928 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details.
5930 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition
5932 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable
5933 the mode, respectively." t nil)
5935 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
5936 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
5940 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (14966
5942 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
5944 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
5945 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
5947 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
5948 an elided material again.
5950 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil)
5954 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
5955 ;;;;;; (13363 2909))
5956 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
5958 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
5959 Initialize elint." t nil)
5963 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
5964 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (14849
5966 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
5968 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
5969 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
5970 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
5972 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
5973 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
5974 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
5976 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
5977 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
5978 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
5980 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
5982 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
5983 Display current profiling results.
5984 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
5985 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
5990 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
5991 ;;;;;; (14959 64907))
5992 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
5994 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
5995 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
5996 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
6000 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
6001 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
6002 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
6003 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
6004 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (14777 22209))
6005 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
6007 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
6009 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
6011 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
6013 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
6015 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
6017 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
6019 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
6021 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
6023 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
6025 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
6026 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
6028 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6029 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
6031 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
6032 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
6034 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6035 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
6037 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6039 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6041 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6043 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6045 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
6046 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
6048 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6049 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
6051 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil)
6055 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
6056 ;;;;;; (14642 24031))
6057 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
6059 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
6060 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
6061 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6063 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
6064 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
6067 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
6068 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
6069 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." nil nil)
6073 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
6074 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (14885 22378))
6075 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
6077 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
6078 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
6079 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
6080 text/enriched format.
6081 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
6083 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
6084 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
6088 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
6090 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
6092 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
6096 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (14977
6098 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
6100 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
6101 Emacs shell interactive mode.
6103 \\{eshell-mode-map}" nil nil)
6107 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (14845
6109 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
6111 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
6112 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected." t nil)
6116 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
6117 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (14823 12923))
6118 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
6120 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
6121 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
6122 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
6123 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
6124 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
6125 will begin. A new session is always created if the the prefix
6126 argument ARG is specified. Returns the buffer selected (or created)." t nil)
6128 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
6129 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
6130 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point." t nil)
6132 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
6133 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
6134 The result might be any Lisp object.
6135 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
6136 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
6137 corresponding to a successful execution." nil nil)
6139 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
6140 Report a bug in Eshell.
6141 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
6142 Please include any configuration details that might be involved." t nil)
6146 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
6147 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
6148 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
6149 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
6150 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-table-list
6151 ;;;;;; tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (14977
6153 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
6155 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
6156 *File name of tags table.
6157 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
6158 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
6159 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
6160 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
6162 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
6163 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
6164 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
6165 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
6167 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
6168 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
6169 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
6170 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
6171 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
6172 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
6174 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
6175 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
6176 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
6177 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
6178 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
6180 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
6181 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
6182 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
6183 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
6185 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
6186 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
6187 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
6188 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
6189 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
6191 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
6192 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
6193 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
6194 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
6196 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
6197 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
6198 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
6199 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
6200 file the tag was in." t nil)
6202 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
6203 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
6204 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
6205 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
6206 without directory names." nil nil)
6208 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
6209 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6210 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
6211 but does not select the buffer.
6212 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
6214 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6215 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6216 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6217 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
6218 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6220 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6222 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6223 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6224 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6226 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6228 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
6229 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6230 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
6231 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
6233 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6234 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6235 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6236 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
6237 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6239 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6241 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6242 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6243 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6245 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6246 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
6248 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
6249 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6250 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
6251 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6252 around or before point.
6254 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6255 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6256 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6257 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6258 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6260 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6262 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6263 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6264 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6266 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6267 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
6269 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
6270 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6271 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
6272 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6273 around or before point.
6275 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6276 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6277 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6278 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6279 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6281 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6283 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6284 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6285 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6287 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6288 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
6290 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
6291 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
6292 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
6294 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6295 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6296 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6297 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6298 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6300 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
6302 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6303 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6304 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6306 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6307 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
6308 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
6310 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
6311 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
6313 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
6314 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
6315 where they were found." t nil)
6317 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
6318 Select next file among files in current tags table.
6320 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
6321 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
6322 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
6324 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
6325 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
6327 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
6328 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
6330 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
6331 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
6332 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
6333 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
6335 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
6336 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
6337 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
6338 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
6339 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
6340 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
6342 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
6343 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
6344 Stops when a match is found.
6345 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6347 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6349 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
6350 `Query-replace-regexp' FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table.
6351 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6352 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace
6353 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6355 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6357 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
6358 Display list of tags in file FILE.
6359 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
6360 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
6361 directory specification." t nil)
6363 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
6364 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil)
6366 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
6367 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
6368 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
6369 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil)
6371 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
6372 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
6373 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
6374 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
6375 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil)
6379 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
6380 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
6381 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
6382 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
6383 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
6384 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
6385 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
6386 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (14623 45988))
6387 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
6389 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil)
6391 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
6392 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
6393 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
6394 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6396 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
6397 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6400 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
6401 even if the buffer is read-only.
6403 See also the descriptions of the variables
6404 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6405 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6407 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6408 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
6410 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6411 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6413 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
6414 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6417 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
6418 buffer is read-only.
6420 See also the descriptions of the variables
6421 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6422 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6424 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6425 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
6426 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6428 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6429 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
6431 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
6432 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
6434 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
6435 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil)
6437 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6438 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
6439 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
6440 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6442 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
6443 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
6444 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6445 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6447 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
6448 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
6449 the primary language.
6451 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
6452 buffer is read-only.
6454 See also the descriptions of the variables
6455 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6456 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6458 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6459 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
6460 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6461 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6463 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
6464 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
6467 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
6468 buffer is read-only.
6470 See also the descriptions of the variables
6471 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6472 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6474 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6475 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
6476 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6478 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6479 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
6481 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
6482 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
6483 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
6484 3) convert the body into SERA.
6486 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil)
6488 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6489 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
6490 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6492 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
6493 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil)
6495 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
6496 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
6498 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
6499 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
6502 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
6503 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
6504 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
6506 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil)
6508 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
6509 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil)
6511 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6512 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
6513 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil)
6515 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6516 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil)
6518 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6519 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
6521 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
6522 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
6524 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
6525 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil)
6527 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6528 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil)
6530 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
6531 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil)
6533 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
6534 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil)
6538 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
6539 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
6540 ;;;;;; (14463 4091))
6541 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
6543 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
6544 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
6545 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
6546 server for future sessions." t nil)
6548 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
6549 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6551 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
6552 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6554 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
6555 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
6556 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
6557 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
6558 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
6559 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
6560 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
6561 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
6562 If REPLACE is non nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
6563 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
6564 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
6565 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil)
6567 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
6568 Display a form to query the directory server.
6569 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
6570 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil)
6572 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
6573 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
6574 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil)
6576 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc
)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t
] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t
] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t
] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t
])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads
))) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version
) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar
)) (not (featurep (quote infodock
)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu
)) (require (quote easymenu
)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item
)) (easy-menu-add-item nil
(quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu
) (cdr menu
)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps
)) (define-key global-map
[menu-bar tools eudc
] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu
)))))))))))
6580 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
6581 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
6582 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (14867 31700))
6583 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
6585 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary
) "eudc-bob" "\
6586 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil
)
6588 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url
) "eudc-bob" "\
6589 Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil
)
6591 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound
) "eudc-bob" "\
6592 Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil
)
6594 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline
) "eudc-bob" "\
6595 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil
)
6597 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button
) "eudc-bob" "\
6598 Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil
)
6602 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
6603 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (14460 59510))
6604 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
6606 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb
) "eudc-export" "\
6607 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
6608 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil
)
6610 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert
) "eudc-export" "\
6611 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil
)
6615 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
6616 ;;;;;; (14460 59510))
6617 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
6619 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist
) "eudc-hotlist" "\
6620 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil
)
6624 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
6625 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find)
6626 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (14764 3718))
6627 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
6629 (autoload (quote executable-find
) "executable" "\
6630 Search for COMMAND in exec-path and return the absolute file name.
6631 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'." nil nil
)
6633 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic
) "executable" "\
6634 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
6635 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
6636 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
6637 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
6640 (autoload (quote executable-self-display
) "executable" "\
6641 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
6642 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil
)
6644 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
) "executable" "\
6645 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
6646 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
6647 file modes." nil nil
)
6651 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
6652 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (14777 22210))
6653 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
6655 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs
) "expand" "\
6656 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
6657 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
6658 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
6660 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
6662 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
6663 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
6664 to generate such functions.
6666 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
6667 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
6668 beginning of the expanded text.
6670 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
6671 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
6672 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
6673 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
6675 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil
)
6677 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot
) "expand" "\
6678 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
6679 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil
)
6681 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot
) "expand" "\
6682 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
6683 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil
)
6684 (define-key ctl-x-map
"ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
)
6685 (define-key ctl-x-map
"an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
)
6689 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (14969 34760))
6690 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
6692 (autoload (quote f90-mode
) "f90" "\
6693 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
6695 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
6696 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
6697 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
6699 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
6704 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6707 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
6709 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
6711 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
6713 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
6715 f90-continuation-indent
6716 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
6718 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
6719 region. (default \"!!!$\")
6720 f90-indented-comment-re
6721 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
6723 f90-directive-comment-re
6724 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
6725 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
6726 f90-break-delimiters
6727 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
6728 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
6729 f90-break-before-delimiters
6730 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
6732 f90-beginning-ampersand
6733 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
6735 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
6736 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
6737 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
6738 f90-auto-keyword-case
6739 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
6740 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
6742 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
6744 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
6746 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
6748 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
6749 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil
)
6753 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at
6754 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props
6755 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible
6756 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground
6757 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (14964 4164))
6758 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
6759 (define-key global-map
"\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap
)
6760 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap
"facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t
'keymap
)
6762 (defvar facemenu-face-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face
))) map
) "\
6763 Menu keymap for faces.")
6765 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu
) facemenu-face-menu
)
6767 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground
))) map
) "\
6768 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
6770 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu
) facemenu-foreground-menu
)
6772 (defvar facemenu-background-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background
))) map
) "\
6773 Menu keymap for background colors.")
6775 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu
) facemenu-background-menu
)
6777 (defvar facemenu-special-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map
[115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
6778 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
6780 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
6782 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
6783 Submenu for text justification commands.")
6785 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
6787 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
6788 Submenu for indentation commands.")
6790 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
6792 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
6793 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
6795 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
6797 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "List Properties") (quote list-text-properties-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
6799 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
6801 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
6803 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
6804 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
6805 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
6806 will not show through at all will be removed.
6808 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer.
6810 In the Transient Mark mode, if the region is active and there is no
6811 prefix argument, this command sets the region to the requested face.
6813 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
6814 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
6815 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
6817 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
6818 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
6819 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
6820 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
6821 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
6822 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
6823 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
6824 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
6826 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
6827 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
6828 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created).
6829 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
6830 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
6831 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
6832 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
6833 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
6835 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
6836 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
6837 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
6838 is the menu item's name.
6840 In the Transient Mark mode, if the region is active and there is no
6841 prefix argument, this command sets the region to the requested face.
6843 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
6844 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
6845 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
6847 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
6848 Make the region invisible.
6849 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
6850 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6852 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
6853 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
6854 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
6855 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6857 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
6858 Make the region unmodifiable.
6859 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
6860 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6862 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
6863 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil)
6865 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
6866 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil)
6868 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
6869 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
6870 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
6872 (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\
6873 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
6875 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
6876 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
6878 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
6879 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
6880 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
6881 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
6882 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
6886 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
6887 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (14477 53252))
6888 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
6890 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
6891 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
6892 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
6893 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
6895 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
6897 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
6898 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
6899 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
6901 Font Lock caches may be saved:
6902 - When you save the file's buffer.
6903 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
6904 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
6905 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
6906 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
6908 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
6910 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
6911 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
6912 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
6913 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
6915 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
6916 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
6918 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
6922 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
6923 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
6924 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (14962 39487))
6925 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
6927 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
6928 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
6929 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
6930 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing." nil nil)
6932 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
6933 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil)
6935 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
6936 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
6937 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
6938 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil)
6940 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
6941 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
6942 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
6943 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
6944 backup file names and the like)." t nil)
6946 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
6947 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
6948 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
6949 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
6950 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
6951 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
6952 internally by feedmail):
6954 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
6955 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
6956 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
6957 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
6959 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
6960 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
6961 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
6962 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
6963 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil)
6967 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
6968 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (14937 32770))
6969 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
6971 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
6972 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
6973 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
6974 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
6975 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
6976 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
6977 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil)
6979 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
6980 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
6981 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
6982 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
6983 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
6984 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
6985 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
6987 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil)
6988 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
6990 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
6991 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
6992 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
6993 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
6994 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
6995 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil)
6997 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
6998 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
6999 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
7001 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
7002 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
7003 * otherwise, nil" t nil)
7005 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
7006 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil)
7008 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
7009 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'." t nil)
7013 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
7014 ;;;;;; (14887 28113))
7015 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
7017 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
7018 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
7019 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
7020 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
7021 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
7022 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
7023 \(directories) is done." t nil)
7024 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7025 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7026 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7030 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
7031 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (14717 47797))
7032 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
7034 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
7035 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
7036 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
7037 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
7038 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
7040 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
7041 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
7042 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
7043 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
7045 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
7046 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
7047 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7049 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
7051 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
7052 as the final argument." t nil)
7054 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
7055 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
7056 and run dired on those files.
7057 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
7058 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7060 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
7062 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
7063 Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output.
7064 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7066 find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \\; -ls
7068 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
7072 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
7073 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
7074 ;;;;;; (14746 24125))
7075 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
7077 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
7078 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
7079 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
7081 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil)
7083 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
7084 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
7085 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
7087 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
7088 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
7090 Variables of interest include:
7092 - `ff-case-fold-search'
7093 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
7094 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
7096 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
7097 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
7098 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
7100 - `ff-ignore-include'
7101 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
7103 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
7104 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
7107 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
7109 - `ff-special-constructs'
7110 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
7111 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
7112 extracting the filename from that construct.
7114 - `ff-other-file-alist'
7115 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
7117 - `ff-search-directories'
7118 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
7119 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
7121 - `ff-pre-find-hooks'
7122 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
7124 - `ff-pre-load-hooks'
7125 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
7127 - `ff-post-load-hooks'
7128 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
7130 - `ff-not-found-hooks'
7131 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
7133 - `ff-file-created-hooks'
7134 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil)
7136 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
7137 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
7139 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
7140 Visit the file you click on in another window." t nil)
7144 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
7145 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
7146 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
7147 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
7148 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el"
7149 ;;;;;; (14854 32222))
7150 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
7152 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
7153 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
7155 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
7156 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
7159 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
7160 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
7161 in `load-path'." nil nil)
7163 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
7164 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
7166 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
7167 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
7168 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
7169 it is one of the current buffers.
7171 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
7172 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
7173 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
7175 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
7176 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
7178 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
7180 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
7181 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
7183 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
7185 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
7186 Return a pair `(buffer . point)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
7188 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
7189 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
7192 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
7193 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil)
7195 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
7196 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
7198 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
7199 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
7200 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
7201 it is one of the current buffers.
7203 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
7204 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
7205 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
7207 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
7208 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
7210 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
7212 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
7213 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
7215 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
7217 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
7218 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
7219 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil)
7221 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
7222 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
7224 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
7225 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
7227 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
7228 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil)
7232 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
7233 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (14862 37894))
7234 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
7236 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
7237 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer." t nil)
7239 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
7240 Display FILE's commentary section.
7241 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'." t nil)
7243 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
7244 Find packages matching a given keyword." t nil)
7248 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
7249 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450))
7250 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
7252 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
7253 Toggle flow control handling.
7254 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
7255 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
7257 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
7258 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
7259 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
7260 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
7261 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
7262 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil)
7266 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-mode-off flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode
7267 ;;;;;; flyspell-mode-line-string) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el"
7268 ;;;;;; (14962 39487))
7269 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
7271 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
7272 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
7273 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
7275 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
7276 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings." t nil)
7278 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
7280 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
7281 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
7282 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
7283 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
7284 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
7285 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
7288 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
7289 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
7290 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
7293 flyspell-mode-hook is run after flyspell is entered.
7296 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
7297 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
7298 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
7300 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
7302 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
7303 in your .emacs file.
7305 flyspell-region checks all words inside a region.
7307 flyspell-buffer checks the whole buffer." t nil)
7309 (if (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode)) (or (assoc (quote flyspell-mode) minor-mode-alist) (setq minor-mode-alist (cons (quote (flyspell-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)) minor-mode-alist))) (or (assoc (quote flyspell-mode) minor-mode-map-alist) (setq minor-mode-map-alist (cons (cons (quote flyspell-mode) flyspell-mode-map) minor-mode-map-alist))))
7311 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
7312 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil)
7316 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
7317 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
7318 ;;;;;; (14392 8635))
7319 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
7321 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7322 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7324 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7325 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7327 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
7328 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
7330 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
7331 of two major techniques:
7333 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
7334 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
7335 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
7337 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
7338 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
7339 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
7342 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
7343 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
7344 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
7345 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
7346 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
7349 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
7350 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
7352 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
7354 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
7355 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
7356 \(This is the default.)
7358 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
7359 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
7361 Keys specific to Follow mode:
7362 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
7364 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
7365 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
7367 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
7368 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
7369 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
7370 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
7371 two windows always will display two successive pages.
7372 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
7374 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
7375 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
7376 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
7378 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
7379 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
7380 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
7384 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode
7385 ;;;;;; font-lock-remove-keywords font-lock-add-keywords turn-on-font-lock
7386 ;;;;;; font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el" (14958 40595))
7387 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
7389 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote font-lock-defaults))
7391 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
7392 Toggle Font Lock mode.
7393 With arg, turn Font Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive,
7394 otherwise turn it off.
7395 \(Font Lock is also known as \"syntax highlighting\".)
7397 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
7399 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
7400 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
7401 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the
7402 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7404 To customize the faces (colors, fonts, etc.) used by Font Lock for
7405 fontifying different parts of buffer text, use \\[customize-face].
7407 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in
7408 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
7410 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
7412 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font
7413 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one
7414 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
7416 (global-font-lock-mode t)
7418 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode
7419 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where
7420 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
7421 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
7422 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
7423 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
7425 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support
7426 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs:
7428 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
7429 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t)
7431 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting
7432 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can
7433 use `font-lock-add-keywords'.
7435 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer
7436 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
7438 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of
7439 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused
7440 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
7442 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default
7443 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a
7444 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil)
7446 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\
7447 Turn on Font Lock mode (only if the terminal can display it)." nil nil)
7449 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7450 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7451 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7452 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
7453 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7454 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
7455 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
7456 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
7457 end of the current highlighting list.
7461 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
7462 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
7463 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
7465 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
7466 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
7468 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g.,
7469 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
7470 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil)
7472 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7473 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7475 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7476 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer." nil nil)
7478 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\
7479 Toggle Global-Font-Lock mode on or off.
7480 See the command `global-font-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
7481 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7482 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.")
7484 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
7486 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock))
7488 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
7489 Toggle Font-Lock mode in every buffer.
7490 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Font-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7491 Font-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
7492 in which `turn-on-font-lock-if-enabled' turns it on." t nil)
7494 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
7495 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil)
7499 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
7500 ;;;;;; (14924 25355))
7501 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
7503 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
7504 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
7505 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
7506 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
7507 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
7509 Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward
7512 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
7513 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
7515 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil)
7519 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (14517
7521 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
7523 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
7524 Toggle footnote minor mode.
7525 \\<message-mode-map>
7529 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
7530 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
7531 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
7532 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
7533 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
7534 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
7539 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
7540 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (14977 56580))
7541 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
7543 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
7544 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
7546 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
7547 TAB forms-next-field TAB
7548 C-c TAB forms-next-field
7549 C-c < forms-first-record <
7550 C-c > forms-last-record >
7551 C-c ? describe-mode ?
7552 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
7553 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
7554 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
7555 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
7556 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
7557 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
7558 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
7559 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
7560 C-c C-x forms-exit x
7563 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
7564 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
7566 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
7567 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
7571 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
7572 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (14942 54439))
7573 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
7575 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
7576 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
7577 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
7578 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
7579 with a character in column 6.")
7581 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
7582 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
7583 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
7584 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
7586 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
7590 \\{fortran-mode-map}
7592 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
7595 If you want to use comments starting with `!',
7596 set this to the string \"!\".
7598 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
7600 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
7601 `fortran-structure-indent'
7602 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
7604 `fortran-continuation-indent'
7605 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
7606 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
7607 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
7608 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
7609 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
7610 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
7611 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
7612 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7613 (for TAB format continuation style).
7614 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
7615 indentation for a line of code.
7617 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
7618 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
7619 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
7620 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
7621 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
7622 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7623 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
7624 `fortran-line-number-indent'
7625 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
7626 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
7627 column 5. (default 1)
7628 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
7629 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
7630 statements. (default nil)
7631 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
7632 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
7633 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
7634 statement. (default nil)
7635 `fortran-continuation-string'
7636 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
7637 line. (default \"$\")
7638 `fortran-comment-region'
7639 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
7640 region. (default \"c$$$\")
7641 `fortran-electric-line-number'
7642 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
7643 as typed. (default t)
7644 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
7645 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters.
7648 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
7649 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
7653 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
7654 ;;;;;; (14915 6801))
7655 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
7657 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
7658 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
7660 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
7661 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
7663 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
7664 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
7667 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
7668 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
7669 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
7670 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
7671 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively.
7672 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
7674 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
7675 Each keyword should be a string.
7677 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
7678 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
7680 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'.
7681 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode'
7682 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
7684 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
7686 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil)
7688 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
7689 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
7690 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
7691 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
7693 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
7694 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil)
7698 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
7699 ;;;;;; (14901 64516))
7700 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
7702 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
7703 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
7704 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
7705 at places they belong to." t nil)
7709 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
7710 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (14859 52340))
7711 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
7713 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
7714 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil)
7716 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
7718 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
7719 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
7720 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
7721 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
7722 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
7724 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
7725 Read news as a slave." t nil)
7727 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
7728 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
7730 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
7732 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
7733 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
7734 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
7738 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
7739 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
7740 ;;;;;; (14862 37895))
7741 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
7743 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
7744 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil)
7746 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
7747 Start Gnus plugged." t nil)
7749 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
7750 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
7751 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
7752 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
7756 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
7757 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
7758 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil)
7760 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
7761 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil)
7763 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil)
7767 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
7768 ;;;;;; (14977 51033))
7769 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
7771 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
7772 Make the current buffer look like a nice article." nil nil)
7776 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
7777 ;;;;;; (14896 40329))
7778 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
7780 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
7781 Play a sound FILE through the speaker." t nil)
7785 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
7786 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14862
7788 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
7790 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
7791 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
7794 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
7796 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
7797 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
7799 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
7800 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
7804 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
7805 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (14875 56834))
7806 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
7808 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
7809 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
7810 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
7812 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
7813 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil)
7817 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
7818 ;;;;;; (14813 40531))
7819 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
7821 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
7823 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
7824 Run batched scoring.
7825 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil)
7829 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode)
7830 ;;;;;; "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (14855 56553))
7831 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
7833 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" nil nil nil)
7835 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
7836 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
7838 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}" t nil)
7842 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
7843 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
7844 ;;;;;; (14862 37897))
7845 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
7847 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
7848 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
7849 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
7850 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
7853 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
7854 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
7855 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
7856 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
7858 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
7859 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
7860 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
7861 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
7862 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
7863 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
7864 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
7865 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
7866 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
7867 gnus-group-split-fancy for details." t nil)
7869 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
7870 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL, by
7871 calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL).
7873 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
7874 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup." t nil)
7876 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
7877 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
7878 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information.
7880 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods." nil nil)
7882 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
7883 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail. It
7884 can be embedded into nnmail-split-fancy lists with the SPLIT
7886 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
7888 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
7889 be used to select candidate groups. If it is ommited or nil, all
7890 existing groups are considered.
7892 if NO-CROSSPOST is ommitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
7893 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
7896 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
7897 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
7898 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
7899 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
7900 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
7901 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
7902 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
7903 clauses will be generated.
7905 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
7906 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
7907 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
7908 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
7909 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
7910 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
7912 For example, given the following group parameters:
7915 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
7916 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
7918 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
7919 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
7920 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
7921 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
7923 \((split-spec . catch-all))
7925 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns:
7927 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
7929 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
7930 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
7931 \"mail.others\")" nil nil)
7935 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
7936 ;;;;;; (14791 27652))
7937 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
7939 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
7940 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
7941 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
7945 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (14915
7947 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
7949 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
7950 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
7951 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
7952 Gcc: header for archiving purposes." t nil)
7954 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
7958 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el"
7959 ;;;;;; (14845 20875))
7960 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
7962 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
7963 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
7964 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
7965 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr
7968 This function exists for backward comaptibility with Emacs 20. It is
7969 recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist'
7970 rather than using this function." nil nil)
7974 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
7975 ;;;;;; (14791 27652))
7976 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
7978 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
7979 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
7980 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
7981 for matching on group names.
7983 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
7984 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
7986 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
7988 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil)
7992 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
7993 ;;;;;; (14862 37897))
7994 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
7996 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
7997 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
8001 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
8002 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (14862 37897))
8003 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
8005 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
8006 Unload all Gnus features.
8007 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names
8008 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use
8009 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble." t nil)
8011 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
8012 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
8016 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
8017 ;;;;;; (14955 64850))
8018 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
8020 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
8021 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
8025 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (14726 36008))
8026 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
8028 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
8029 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
8030 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
8031 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
8032 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
8034 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
8035 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
8036 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
8038 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
8039 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
8040 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
8044 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
8045 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (14747 44775))
8046 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
8048 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
8049 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
8050 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
8051 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
8052 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil)
8054 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
8055 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
8056 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
8057 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
8058 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil)
8060 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
8061 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
8062 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
8064 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
8066 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
8067 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil)
8071 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (14959 64907))
8072 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
8074 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
8075 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
8076 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
8077 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
8078 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil)
8082 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
8083 ;;;;;; (14961 24345))
8084 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
8086 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
8087 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8088 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8089 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8091 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
8092 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8093 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8094 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8096 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
8097 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8098 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8099 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8101 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
8102 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8103 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8104 and source-file directory for your debugger.
8106 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
8107 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
8109 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
8110 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8111 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8112 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8114 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
8115 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
8116 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8117 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8119 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
8120 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. The buffer is named
8121 \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\"
8122 if there is. If the \"-classpath\" switch is given, omit all whitespace
8123 between it and it's value." t nil)
8124 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
8128 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (14638
8130 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
8132 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
8133 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
8134 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
8135 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
8137 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
8138 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
8139 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
8140 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil)
8144 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
8145 ;;;;;; (14539 53714))
8146 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
8148 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
8149 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil)
8151 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
8152 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
8153 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
8154 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
8156 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil)
8158 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
8159 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
8160 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
8161 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
8162 to be updated." t nil)
8166 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
8167 ;;;;;; (14264 39262))
8168 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
8170 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
8171 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
8172 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
8173 and window listing and describing the options.
8174 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
8175 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
8179 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
8180 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (14518 32866))
8181 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
8183 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
8184 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
8186 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
8187 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
8191 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
8192 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (14821 31346))
8193 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
8195 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
8196 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
8197 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
8198 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
8199 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
8201 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
8202 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
8204 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
8205 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
8206 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
8207 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
8209 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
8210 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
8213 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
8218 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
8219 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
8220 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
8221 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
8222 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
8223 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
8224 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
8225 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
8226 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
8227 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
8228 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
8229 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
8230 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
8231 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
8232 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
8234 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
8235 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
8236 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
8238 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
8241 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
8243 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
8244 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
8245 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
8247 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
8248 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
8249 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
8251 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
8252 into the buffer at the current point.
8254 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
8255 into the buffer at the current point.
8257 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
8258 into the buffer at the current point.
8260 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
8262 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
8263 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
8265 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
8267 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
8269 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
8270 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
8271 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
8273 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
8274 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
8275 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
8279 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
8280 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
8281 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (14984
8283 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
8285 (defgroup hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting nil "Interactively add and remove font-lock patterns for highlighting text." :group (quote faces))
8287 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
8288 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
8290 (custom-add-to-group (quote hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting) (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8292 (custom-add-load (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote hi-lock))
8294 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
8295 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
8297 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
8298 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\"
8299 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
8300 which can be called interactively, are:
8302 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8303 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8305 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
8306 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
8307 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
8308 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
8310 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8311 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8313 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
8314 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
8316 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
8317 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
8318 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
8319 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
8320 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
8321 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
8323 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
8324 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
8326 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
8327 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
8329 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
8330 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
8331 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
8334 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'." t nil)
8336 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
8338 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8339 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
8341 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8342 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8343 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8344 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8346 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
8348 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8349 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
8351 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8352 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8353 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8354 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8356 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
8358 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8359 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
8361 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
8362 lower-case letters made case insensitive." t nil)
8364 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
8366 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8367 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
8369 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
8370 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
8371 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
8372 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
8373 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)" t nil)
8375 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
8376 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
8378 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
8379 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
8380 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'." t nil)
8384 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
8385 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (14745 14843))
8386 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
8388 (defvar hide-ifdef-mode nil "\
8389 Non-nil when hide-ifdef-mode is activated.")
8391 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
8392 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
8393 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
8394 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
8395 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
8396 how the hiding is done:
8399 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
8400 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
8403 hide-ifdef-define-alist
8404 An association list of defined symbol lists.
8405 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8406 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8407 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
8410 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
8411 #endif lines when hiding.
8413 hide-ifdef-initially
8414 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
8417 hide-ifdef-read-only
8418 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
8419 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
8421 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
8423 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
8424 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
8426 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
8427 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
8429 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
8430 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
8434 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
8435 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (14799 2695))
8436 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
8438 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
8439 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
8441 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
8442 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
8443 Each element has the form
8444 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
8446 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
8447 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
8449 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
8450 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
8452 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
8453 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
8454 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
8455 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
8456 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
8458 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
8459 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
8461 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
8462 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
8464 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
8465 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
8466 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
8468 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
8469 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
8470 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
8471 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
8472 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
8473 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
8475 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
8476 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
8477 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
8479 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
8480 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
8482 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
8485 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
8489 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
8490 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
8491 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
8492 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (14750 32459))
8493 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
8495 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
8497 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
8498 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
8499 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil)
8501 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
8502 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
8504 Without an argument:
8505 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
8506 or passive state as determined by the variable
8507 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
8510 With an argument ARG:
8511 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
8512 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
8513 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
8515 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
8516 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
8517 not displayed in a different face.
8520 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
8521 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
8522 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
8523 buffer with the contents of a file
8524 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
8525 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
8529 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
8530 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
8531 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8533 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
8534 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8536 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
8537 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8539 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
8540 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
8542 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
8543 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
8544 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
8545 shown in the last face in the list.
8547 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
8548 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
8549 buffer to be saved):
8551 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)" t nil)
8553 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
8554 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
8556 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
8557 and must not be read-only.
8559 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
8560 this function is called interactively.
8562 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
8563 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
8564 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
8566 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
8567 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
8568 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil)
8570 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
8571 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
8573 When called interactively:
8574 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
8575 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
8576 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
8577 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
8579 When called from a program:
8580 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
8581 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
8582 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
8583 - otherwise just turn it on
8585 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
8586 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
8587 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
8588 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil)
8592 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
8593 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
8594 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
8595 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
8596 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (14735 57398))
8597 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
8599 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
8600 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
8601 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
8602 or insert functions in this list.")
8604 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
8605 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
8607 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
8608 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
8610 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
8611 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
8613 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
8614 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
8616 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
8617 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
8618 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
8620 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
8621 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
8622 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
8625 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
8626 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
8627 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
8628 \(as atoms). If non-NIL, this variable overrides the variable
8629 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
8631 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
8632 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
8633 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
8634 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
8635 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
8637 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
8638 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
8639 undoes the expansion." t nil)
8641 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
8642 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
8643 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
8644 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro))
8648 ;;;### (autoloads (hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (14932 18342))
8649 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
8651 (defvar hl-line-mode nil "\
8652 Toggle Hl-Line mode on or off.
8653 See the command `hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
8654 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8655 use either \\[customize] or the function `hl-line-mode'.")
8657 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8659 (custom-add-load (quote hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line))
8661 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
8662 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
8663 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
8664 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
8665 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil)
8669 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
8670 ;;;;;; (13462 53924))
8671 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
8673 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
8674 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
8676 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
8677 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
8679 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil)
8683 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
8684 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (14900 43616))
8685 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
8687 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
8688 This function is obsolete.
8689 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
8690 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." nil nil)
8692 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
8693 This function is obsolete.
8694 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
8695 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
8697 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
8698 This function is obsolete.
8699 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
8700 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
8704 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
8705 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (14957 20511))
8706 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
8708 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
8709 Activate incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
8710 Deactivates with negative universal argument." t nil)
8712 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
8713 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
8714 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
8718 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (14854 32223))
8719 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
8721 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
8722 Major mode for editing Icon code.
8723 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
8724 Tab indents for Icon code.
8725 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
8726 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
8728 Variables controlling indentation style:
8729 icon-tab-always-indent
8730 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
8731 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
8733 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
8734 inserted in Icon code.
8736 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
8737 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
8738 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
8739 icon-continued-statement-offset
8740 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
8741 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
8742 icon-continued-brace-offset
8743 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
8744 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
8746 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
8747 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
8748 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
8749 this far to the right of the start of its line.
8751 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
8752 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
8756 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
8757 ;;;;;; (14912 33400))
8758 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
8760 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
8761 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
8762 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
8763 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
8765 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
8766 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
8769 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'.
8771 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
8772 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
8773 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
8775 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
8779 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
8780 ;;;;;; (14912 33400))
8781 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
8783 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
8784 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
8786 The main features of this mode are
8788 1. Indentation and Formatting
8789 --------------------------
8790 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
8791 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
8793 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also
8794 be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point.
8795 When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at
8796 that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
8798 Comments are indented as follows:
8800 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
8801 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
8802 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
8804 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
8806 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation
8807 of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be
8808 retained. Use \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments.
8809 When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code
8810 can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended).
8812 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
8813 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs].
8814 Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
8818 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted
8819 keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \\[idlwave-routine-info].
8820 \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module.
8821 These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode
8822 buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules
8823 currently compiled under this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
8824 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
8828 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
8829 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key
8830 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional
8831 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must
8832 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files.
8836 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
8837 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and
8838 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword).
8839 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in
8840 mixed or upper case.
8842 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
8843 --------------------------------
8844 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
8845 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
8847 \\pr PROCEDURE template
8848 \\fu FUNCTION template
8849 \\c CASE statement template
8850 \\sw SWITCH statement template
8851 \\f FOR loop template
8852 \\r REPEAT Loop template
8853 \\w WHILE loop template
8854 \\i IF statement template
8855 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
8858 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
8859 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
8861 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
8862 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
8863 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
8865 6. Automatic Case Conversion
8866 -------------------------
8867 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
8868 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
8870 7. Automatic END completion
8871 ------------------------
8872 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
8873 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
8877 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
8878 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
8880 9. Documentation and Customization
8881 -------------------------------
8882 Info documentation for this package is available. Use \\[idlwave-info]
8883 to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work).
8884 For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's
8885 homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'.
8886 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
8890 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
8891 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
8892 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
8894 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil)
8898 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (14821 31346))
8899 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
8900 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
8902 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
8903 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
8904 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil)
8908 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
8909 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
8910 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (14898 8349))
8911 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
8913 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
8914 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
8915 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
8916 be determined." nil nil)
8918 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
8919 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
8920 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
8921 be determined." nil nil)
8923 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
8924 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
8925 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil)
8927 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
8929 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
8930 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
8931 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
8932 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
8933 use its file extension as image type.
8934 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
8935 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
8936 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
8937 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil)
8939 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
8940 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
8941 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
8942 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
8943 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
8944 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
8945 POS may be an integer or marker.
8946 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
8947 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
8948 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
8949 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
8951 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
8952 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
8953 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
8954 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
8955 defaulted if you omit it.
8956 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
8957 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
8958 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
8959 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
8961 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
8962 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
8963 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
8964 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil)
8966 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
8967 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
8969 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
8971 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
8972 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
8973 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
8974 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
8975 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
8976 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
8977 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
8978 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
8981 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'." nil nil)
8983 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
8984 Define SYMBOL as an image.
8986 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
8987 documentation string.
8989 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
8990 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
8991 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
8992 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
8993 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
8994 string containing the actual image data. The first image
8995 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
9000 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
9001 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro))
9005 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
9006 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
9007 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (14974 10042))
9008 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
9010 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm")) "\
9011 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
9012 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
9013 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
9015 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
9016 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
9017 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically the
9018 variable is set using \\[customize].")
9020 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
9021 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
9022 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
9023 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
9025 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
9026 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
9027 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically the
9028 variable is set using \\[customize].")
9030 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
9031 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames." nil nil)
9033 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
9034 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
9035 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
9036 the command `insert-file-contents'." nil nil)
9038 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
9039 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
9040 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9041 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9042 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
9044 (custom-add-to-group (quote image) (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9046 (custom-add-load (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote image-file))
9048 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
9049 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
9050 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
9051 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
9053 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
9054 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
9055 `image-file-name-regexps'." t nil)
9059 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
9060 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (14980 3988))
9061 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
9063 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
9064 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
9066 Affects only the mouse index menu.
9068 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
9069 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
9072 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
9074 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
9075 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
9076 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
9078 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
9079 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
9081 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
9082 to create a buffer index.
9084 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
9085 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
9087 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
9088 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
9089 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
9090 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
9091 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
9093 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
9094 entries are not nested.
9096 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
9097 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
9098 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
9099 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
9101 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
9102 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
9104 The variable is buffer-local.
9106 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
9107 regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
9108 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
9110 For example, see the value of `lisp-imenu-generic-expression' used by
9111 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
9112 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
9115 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
9117 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
9118 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
9120 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
9121 of the current buffer as an alist.
9123 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
9124 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
9125 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
9126 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
9127 if it is a sub-alist.
9129 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
9131 The variable is buffer-local.")
9133 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
9135 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
9136 Function for finding the next index position.
9138 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
9139 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
9140 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
9143 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
9144 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
9146 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9148 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
9150 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
9151 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
9153 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
9154 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
9155 It should return the name for that index item.
9157 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9159 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
9161 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
9162 Function to compare string with index item.
9164 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
9165 non-nil if they match.
9167 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
9168 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
9169 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
9172 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9174 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
9176 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
9177 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
9178 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
9180 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
9182 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
9184 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
9186 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
9187 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
9188 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
9189 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
9191 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
9192 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
9194 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil)
9196 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
9197 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
9198 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
9199 for more information." t nil)
9203 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
9204 ;;;;;; (14821 31354))
9205 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
9207 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
9208 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
9209 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
9210 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
9211 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
9213 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
9214 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
9216 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
9217 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
9218 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
9219 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
9220 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
9221 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
9222 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
9223 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
9225 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
9226 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
9227 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
9228 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
9229 Inferior Lisp buffer.
9231 This variable is only used if the variable
9232 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
9234 More precise choices:
9235 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
9236 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
9239 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
9241 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
9242 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
9244 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
9245 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
9246 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
9248 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
9249 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
9250 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
9251 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
9252 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
9254 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
9258 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
9259 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-directory info-standalone
9260 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (14987 38427))
9261 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
9263 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
9264 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil)
9265 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
9267 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
9268 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
9269 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
9270 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
9271 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
9272 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
9274 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
9275 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
9277 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
9278 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
9279 in all the directories in that path." t nil)
9281 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
9282 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
9283 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
9284 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil)
9286 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
9287 Go to the Info directory node." t nil)
9289 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
9290 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
9291 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
9292 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
9293 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
9295 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
9296 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
9298 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
9299 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
9300 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
9301 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
9303 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
9304 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
9305 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil)
9309 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
9310 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
9311 ;;;;;; (14711 25231))
9312 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
9314 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
9315 Throw away all cached data.
9316 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
9317 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
9320 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
9321 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
9322 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
9323 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
9324 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
9325 The default symbol is the one found at point.
9327 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil)
9329 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
9330 Display the documentation of a file.
9331 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
9332 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
9333 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
9334 The default file name is the one found at point.
9336 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil)
9338 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
9339 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil)
9341 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
9342 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil)
9346 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
9347 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (14281 34724))
9348 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
9350 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
9351 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil)
9353 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
9354 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
9355 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
9357 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
9358 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
9359 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
9361 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
9362 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
9363 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
9364 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
9366 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
9367 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
9368 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
9370 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
9371 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
9372 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
9373 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
9374 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
9378 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
9379 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
9380 ;;;;;; (14837 20776))
9381 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
9383 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
9384 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil)
9386 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
9387 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil)
9389 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil)
9393 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
9394 ;;;;;; (14388 11031))
9395 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
9397 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
9398 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
9399 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
9400 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
9401 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
9402 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
9404 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
9405 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
9407 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
9408 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
9409 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
9410 \"s gives German sharp s.
9411 /a gives a with ring.
9412 /e gives an a-e ligature.
9413 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
9414 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
9415 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
9417 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
9418 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
9422 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
9423 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
9424 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
9425 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (14913 56005))
9426 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
9428 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
9429 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
9430 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9431 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9433 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
9434 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
9435 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9436 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9438 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
9439 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
9440 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9441 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9443 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9444 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9445 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9446 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9448 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9449 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9450 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9451 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9453 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
9454 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
9455 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9456 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9458 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
9459 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
9460 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9461 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9463 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
9464 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
9465 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
9466 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9468 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9469 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9470 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
9471 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9473 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
9474 Warn that format is read-only." t nil)
9476 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
9477 Warn that format is write-only." t nil)
9479 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
9480 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil)
9484 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
9485 ;;;;;; (14716 1570))
9486 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
9487 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
9488 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
9489 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
9493 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
9494 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
9495 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
9496 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist ispell-local-dictionary-alist
9497 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
9498 ;;;;;; (14941 34892))
9499 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
9501 (defconst xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\
9502 Non nil if using XEmacs.")
9504 (defconst version18p (string-match "18\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
9505 Non nil if using emacs version 18.")
9507 (defconst version20p (string-match "20\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
9508 Non nil if using emacs version 20.")
9510 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
9511 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
9512 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
9513 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
9515 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
9516 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
9517 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
9519 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
9521 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
9523 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
9525 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
9527 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2))))
9529 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "portugues") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
9531 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
9532 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
9534 Each element of this list is also a list:
9536 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
9537 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
9539 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
9540 nil means the default dictionary.
9542 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
9545 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
9547 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
9548 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
9549 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
9550 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
9551 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
9552 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
9553 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
9554 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
9555 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
9557 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
9558 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
9561 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
9564 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
9565 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
9566 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
9567 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
9568 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
9569 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
9570 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
9571 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
9573 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
9575 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
9576 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
9577 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
9579 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
9580 Key map for ispell menu.")
9582 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
9583 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
9584 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
9585 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
9587 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not version18p) (not xemacsp) (quote reload)))
9589 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (path (and (boundp (quote ispell-library-path)) ispell-library-path)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (quote default)) (cons "Select Default Dict" (cons "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "default")))))) ((or (not path) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name)))))))))
9591 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit path to dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
9593 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
9595 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
9597 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(-+\\|\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\|~\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
9598 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
9599 The alist key must be a regular expression.
9600 Valid forms include:
9601 (KEY) - just skip the key.
9602 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
9603 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
9604 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
9606 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
9607 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
9608 First list is used raw.
9609 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
9611 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
9612 for skipping in latex mode.")
9614 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
9616 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
9617 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
9618 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
9619 in a window allowing you to choose one.
9621 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
9622 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
9623 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
9624 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
9625 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
9627 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
9628 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
9630 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
9632 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
9633 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
9636 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted.
9637 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
9638 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
9639 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
9640 quit spell session exited." t nil)
9642 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
9643 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
9647 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
9648 SPC: Accept word this time.
9649 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
9650 `a': Accept word for this session.
9651 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
9652 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
9653 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
9654 `?': Show these commands.
9655 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
9656 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
9657 the aborted check to be completed later.
9658 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
9659 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
9660 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
9661 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
9662 `C-l': redraws screen
9663 `C-r': recursive edit
9664 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
9666 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
9667 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
9668 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
9670 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
9671 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
9672 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
9674 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
9676 With prefix argument, set the default directory." t nil)
9678 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
9679 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
9680 Return nil if spell session is quit,
9681 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil)
9683 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
9684 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil)
9686 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
9687 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
9689 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
9690 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil)
9692 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
9693 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words')
9694 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
9695 sequence inside of a word.
9697 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
9699 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
9700 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
9702 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
9703 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
9704 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
9705 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
9707 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
9708 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
9709 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
9710 available on the net." t nil)
9712 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
9713 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
9714 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
9716 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
9717 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
9719 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
9720 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil)
9722 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
9723 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
9724 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
9725 Don't check included messages.
9727 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
9728 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
9729 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
9731 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
9732 in your .emacs file:
9733 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
9734 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
9735 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
9736 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
9738 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
9739 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
9740 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
9744 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
9745 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
9746 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el"
9747 ;;;;;; (14960 24088))
9748 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
9750 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
9751 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
9752 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9753 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
9755 (custom-add-to-group (quote iswitchb) (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9757 (custom-add-load (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote iswitchb))
9759 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
9760 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
9761 Return the name of a buffer selected.
9762 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
9763 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
9764 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil)
9766 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
9767 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
9768 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
9769 adds a hook to the minibuffer.
9771 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'." t nil)
9773 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
9774 Switch to another buffer.
9776 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
9777 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
9778 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
9780 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9782 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
9783 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
9784 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9785 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9787 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
9788 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
9789 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9790 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9792 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
9793 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
9794 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9795 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9797 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
9798 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
9799 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
9800 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
9801 `iswitchb' for details." t nil)
9805 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
9806 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
9807 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
9808 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (14718 42200))
9809 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
9811 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil)
9813 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
9814 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
9815 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9816 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
9817 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
9818 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
9819 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
9820 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
9822 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
9823 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
9824 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9825 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
9827 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
9828 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
9829 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9830 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
9831 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
9833 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
9834 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
9835 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9836 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
9838 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
9839 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
9840 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
9841 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
9843 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
9844 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
9846 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
9847 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
9848 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
9849 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
9850 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
9852 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
9853 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
9854 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
9855 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
9856 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil)
9858 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
9859 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
9860 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
9864 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (14952
9866 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
9868 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
9869 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
9870 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
9871 that needs to be (re)fontified.
9872 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful." nil nil)
9876 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode)
9877 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (14913 56004))
9878 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
9880 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
9881 Toggle Auto-Compression mode on or off.
9882 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9883 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9884 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
9886 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9888 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr))
9890 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
9891 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
9892 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
9893 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)." t nil)
9895 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
9896 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled." nil (quote macro))
9900 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
9901 ;;;;;; (13866 35434))
9902 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
9904 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
9905 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
9906 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
9908 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
9909 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
9910 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
9911 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
9914 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
9915 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
9916 the context of text formatting." nil nil)
9920 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (14762
9922 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
9924 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
9925 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
9926 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
9927 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
9928 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
9929 positions that contains the current selection.")
9931 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
9932 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
9933 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
9934 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
9935 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
9936 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
9937 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil)
9941 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
9942 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (14623 45991))
9943 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
9945 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
9946 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
9947 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
9949 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil)
9953 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
9954 ;;;;;; (14914 11282))
9955 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
9957 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
9959 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
9960 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil)
9962 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
9964 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
9965 Start or resume an Lm game.
9966 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
9967 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
9969 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
9970 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9976 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
9977 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
9978 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
9982 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
9983 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
9984 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (14647 32047))
9985 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
9987 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
9989 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
9990 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
9991 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
9992 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
9993 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
9994 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
9996 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
9997 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil)
9999 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
10000 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil)
10002 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
10003 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
10004 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
10005 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
10008 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
10010 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" nil t nil)
10014 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
10015 ;;;;;; (14984 12138))
10016 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
10018 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
10019 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
10020 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
10021 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
10022 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
10023 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
10024 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
10025 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
10027 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10028 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
10030 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display) (quote custom-variable))
10032 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-disp))
10034 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
10035 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
10036 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
10037 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
10038 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also `latin1-display-setup'." nil nil)
10042 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
10043 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (14862 37894))
10044 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
10046 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
10047 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
10048 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
10049 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
10051 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
10053 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
10055 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
10056 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
10057 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
10058 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
10059 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
10062 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
10063 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
10064 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
10065 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
10066 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
10068 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
10069 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
10070 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
10071 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
10072 slow to keep up with your typing.
10074 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
10075 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
10076 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
10077 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
10078 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
10079 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
10081 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
10082 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
10083 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
10084 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
10086 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
10087 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
10088 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
10089 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
10091 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
10092 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
10093 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
10094 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
10095 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil)
10097 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
10098 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
10102 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
10103 ;;;;;; (14821 31349))
10104 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
10106 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
10107 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
10109 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
10110 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
10112 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
10113 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
10115 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
10116 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
10117 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
10118 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
10119 for later transmission to Lisp job.
10120 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
10121 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
10122 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
10123 and transmit saved text.
10125 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
10126 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
10128 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil)
10132 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (13578 3356))
10133 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
10135 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
10136 Run Conway's Life simulation.
10137 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
10138 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
10139 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
10143 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (14847
10145 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
10147 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
10148 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
10149 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
10150 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
10154 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
10155 ;;;;;; (14763 31121))
10156 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
10158 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
10159 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
10160 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil)
10162 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
10163 Run the locate command with a filter.
10165 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
10166 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil)
10170 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (14909 56659))
10171 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
10173 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
10174 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
10175 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
10176 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
10177 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
10178 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
10179 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
10180 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
10181 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
10182 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
10183 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
10184 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
10185 uses the current buffer." nil nil)
10189 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (14909
10191 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
10193 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
10194 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil)
10198 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
10199 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (14977
10201 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
10203 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
10205 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
10207 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
10208 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
10209 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
10211 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
10212 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
10214 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
10215 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
10216 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
10217 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
10218 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
10219 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
10220 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
10222 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
10223 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
10224 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
10225 switch on this list.
10226 See `lpr-command'.")
10228 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
10229 *Name of program for printing a file.
10231 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
10232 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
10233 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
10234 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
10235 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
10236 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
10239 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
10240 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
10241 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10242 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
10244 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
10245 Paginate and print buffer contents.
10247 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
10248 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
10249 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
10250 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
10252 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
10253 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
10255 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10256 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
10258 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
10259 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
10260 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10261 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
10263 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
10264 Paginate and print the region contents.
10266 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
10267 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
10268 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
10269 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
10271 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
10272 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
10274 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10275 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
10279 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (14930 62509))
10280 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
10282 (defgroup ls-lisp nil "Emulate the ls program completely in Emacs Lisp." :version "21.1" :group (quote dired))
10286 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (13462
10288 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
10290 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
10291 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
10292 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
10294 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
10298 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (14718
10300 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
10302 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
10303 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
10309 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
10310 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (14856 15551))
10311 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
10313 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
10314 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
10315 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
10316 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
10317 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil)
10319 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
10320 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
10321 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
10322 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
10324 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
10325 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
10326 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
10327 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
10330 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
10331 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
10333 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
10334 Query user during kbd macro execution.
10335 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
10336 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
10337 each time the macro executes.
10338 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
10339 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
10340 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
10341 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
10342 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
10343 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
10344 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
10346 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
10347 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
10348 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
10350 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
10351 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
10352 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
10355 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
10356 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
10358 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
10359 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
10360 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
10361 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
10362 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
10364 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
10367 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
10368 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
10369 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
10371 You could enter the names in this format:
10377 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
10380 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
10383 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
10384 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
10386 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
10390 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
10391 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (14281 39314))
10392 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
10394 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
10395 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
10396 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
10397 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
10399 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
10400 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
10401 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
10402 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
10403 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
10405 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
10406 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
10407 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
10408 consing a string.)" nil nil)
10410 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
10411 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil)
10415 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
10416 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
10417 ;;;;;; (14932 18342))
10418 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
10420 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
10421 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil)
10423 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil)
10425 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
10426 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
10428 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
10429 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
10430 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
10433 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil)
10437 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
10438 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
10439 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (14799
10441 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
10443 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
10444 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
10445 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
10446 often correct parser.")
10448 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
10450 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
10451 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
10452 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10453 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
10455 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
10456 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
10457 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10458 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
10460 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
10461 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
10462 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10463 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil)
10465 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
10466 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
10467 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
10468 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
10469 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
10470 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil)
10474 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
10475 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (14924 33104))
10476 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
10478 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
10479 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil)
10481 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
10482 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
10483 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil)
10485 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
10486 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
10487 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
10491 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
10492 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (13996
10494 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
10496 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
10497 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
10498 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
10500 If `parens', they look like:
10501 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
10502 If `angles', they look like:
10503 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
10505 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
10506 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
10507 If interactive, expand in header fields.
10508 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
10509 their `Resent-' variants.
10511 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
10512 removed from alias expansions." t nil)
10514 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
10515 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
10516 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
10518 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
10519 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
10520 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
10521 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil)
10523 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
10524 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
10525 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
10526 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil)
10530 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
10531 ;;;;;; (14976 12163))
10532 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
10534 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
10535 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
10536 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
10538 \\{makefile-mode-map}
10540 In the browser, use the following keys:
10542 \\{makefile-browser-map}
10544 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
10546 makefile-browser-buffer-name:
10547 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
10549 makefile-target-colon:
10550 The string that gets appended to all target names
10551 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
10552 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
10554 makefile-macro-assign:
10555 The string that gets appended to all macro names
10556 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
10557 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
10558 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
10559 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
10560 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
10562 makefile-tab-after-target-colon:
10563 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
10564 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
10566 makefile-browser-leftmost-column:
10567 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
10569 makefile-browser-cursor-column:
10570 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
10571 up or down in the browser.
10573 makefile-browser-selected-mark:
10574 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
10576 makefile-browser-unselected-mark:
10577 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
10579 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p:
10580 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
10581 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
10582 has been selected in the browser.
10584 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p:
10585 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
10586 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
10587 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
10588 filenames are omitted.
10590 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p:
10591 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
10592 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
10593 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
10594 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
10595 the backslash itself intact.
10596 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
10597 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
10599 makefile-browser-hook:
10600 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
10601 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
10603 makefile-special-targets-list:
10604 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
10605 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
10606 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
10610 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
10612 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
10614 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
10615 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
10616 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
10620 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (14961 25294))
10621 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
10623 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
10625 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
10626 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
10627 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
10628 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
10629 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
10630 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
10631 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
10633 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
10634 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry." t nil)
10636 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
10637 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil)
10641 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
10642 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
10643 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover
10644 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
10645 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
10646 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
10647 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
10648 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
10649 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (14982 49764))
10650 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
10652 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
10653 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
10655 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
10657 If `parens', they look like:
10658 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
10659 If `angles', they look like:
10660 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
10662 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
10663 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
10665 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
10666 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
10668 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
10669 *Local news organization file.")
10671 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
10672 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
10673 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
10674 variable `mail-header-separator'.
10676 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
10677 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
10678 `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
10680 See also `send-mail-function'.")
10682 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
10683 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
10685 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
10686 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.")
10688 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
10689 *Function for citing an original message.
10690 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
10691 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
10692 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
10694 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
10695 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
10696 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
10697 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
10698 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
10700 (defvar message-signature t "\
10701 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
10702 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
10703 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
10704 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
10706 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
10707 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
10708 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
10709 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
10711 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
10713 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
10714 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
10715 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
10716 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
10717 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
10718 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
10719 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
10720 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
10721 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
10722 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
10723 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
10724 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
10725 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
10726 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
10727 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
10728 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
10729 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
10730 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
10731 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
10732 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
10733 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
10734 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
10735 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
10736 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
10737 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat)." t nil)
10739 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
10740 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
10741 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil)
10743 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
10744 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
10746 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
10747 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
10749 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
10750 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
10752 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
10753 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
10754 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
10756 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
10757 Cancel an article you posted.
10758 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message." t nil)
10760 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
10761 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
10762 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
10763 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
10765 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
10766 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
10768 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
10769 Forward the current message via mail.
10770 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
10771 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward." t nil)
10773 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
10774 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
10776 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
10777 Re-mail the current message.
10778 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
10779 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
10782 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
10783 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
10785 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
10786 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
10788 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
10789 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
10791 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
10792 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
10794 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
10795 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
10796 Works by overstriking characters.
10797 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
10798 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
10800 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
10801 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
10802 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
10803 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
10807 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
10808 ;;;;;; (13549 39401))
10809 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
10811 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
10812 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
10816 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
10817 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
10819 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
10820 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
10824 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
10825 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
10829 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
10830 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
10831 ;;;;;; (14862 37898))
10832 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
10834 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
10835 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
10836 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
10838 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
10839 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
10840 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
10841 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
10842 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
10843 redisplayed as output is inserted.
10844 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
10846 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
10847 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
10848 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
10849 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
10850 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
10852 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
10853 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
10855 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
10856 Process current region through 'metamail'.
10857 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
10858 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
10859 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
10861 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
10862 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
10866 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch
10867 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (14977 57823))
10868 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
10870 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
10871 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
10872 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
10873 to the MH mail system.
10875 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
10877 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
10878 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
10879 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
10880 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
10881 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
10882 that want to create a mail buffer.
10883 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
10885 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
10886 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
10887 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
10888 to the MH mail system.
10890 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
10892 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
10893 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
10894 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
10895 using the MH mail handling system.
10896 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
10899 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
10901 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
10903 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
10904 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
10905 the yanked message.
10907 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
10908 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
10909 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
10910 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
10911 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
10913 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
10914 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
10915 inserted in a draft letter.
10917 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
10918 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
10920 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil)
10924 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (14849
10926 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
10928 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
10929 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
10930 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
10931 to the MH mail system." t nil)
10933 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
10934 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
10938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (13833 28022))
10939 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el
10941 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\
10942 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
10946 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (14906 3908))
10947 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
10949 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
10951 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
10953 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
10955 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
10959 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
10960 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (14720 22609))
10961 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
10963 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
10964 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
10965 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
10966 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
10967 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
10968 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
10969 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
10970 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
10971 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
10972 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
10973 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil)
10975 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
10976 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
10977 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
10978 to its second argument TM." nil nil)
10982 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
10983 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (14897 44787))
10984 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
10986 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
10987 Toggle Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode on or off.
10988 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
10989 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10990 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
10992 (custom-add-to-group (quote minibuffer) (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10994 (custom-add-load (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote minibuf-eldef))
10996 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
10997 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode
10998 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
10999 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
11000 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
11001 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
11002 default indication.
11004 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
11005 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
11009 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulation/mlconvert.el"
11010 ;;;;;; (14660 49410))
11011 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/mlconvert.el
11013 (autoload (quote convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "\
11014 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil)
11018 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
11019 ;;;;;; (14854 32223))
11020 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
11022 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
11023 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
11024 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
11025 the entire message.
11026 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing." nil nil)
11030 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
11031 ;;;;;; (13552 32940))
11032 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
11034 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
11035 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
11036 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
11037 followed by the first character of the construct.
11039 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
11040 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
11041 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
11042 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
11043 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
11044 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
11045 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
11046 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
11047 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
11048 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
11049 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
11050 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
11051 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
11054 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
11055 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
11056 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
11060 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
11061 ;;;;;; (14821 31351))
11062 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
11064 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
11065 Convert all text in a given region to morse code." t nil)
11067 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
11068 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text." t nil)
11072 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (14736
11074 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
11076 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
11077 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
11078 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
11079 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
11081 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
11083 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
11085 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
11087 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
11088 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
11089 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
11090 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
11091 Triple-clicking selects lines.
11092 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
11094 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
11095 the kill-ring, nor do the kill-ring function change the X selection.
11096 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
11097 mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function and
11098 interprogram-paste-function to nil.
11100 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
11101 the mouse position (or point, if mouse-yank-at-point is non-nil).
11103 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
11104 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
11106 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
11108 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
11109 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
11110 primary selection and region." t nil)
11114 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (14184 34750))
11115 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
11117 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
11118 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
11122 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (14969 21663))
11123 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
11125 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
11126 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
11127 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11128 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11129 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
11131 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11133 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
11135 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
11137 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11138 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
11139 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil)
11143 ;;;### (autoloads (dump-codings dump-charsets mule-diag list-input-methods
11144 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories
11145 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
11146 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-char-after describe-character-set
11147 ;;;;;; list-charset-chars read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag"
11148 ;;;;;; "international/mule-diag.el" (14967 22220))
11149 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
11151 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
11152 Display a list of all character sets.
11154 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number
11155 for internal Emacs use.
11157 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains a format of multibyte sequence
11158 of characters in the charset for buffer and string
11159 by one to four hexadecimal digits.
11160 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
11161 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
11163 The D column contains a dimension of this character set.
11164 The CH column contains a number of characters in a block of this character set.
11165 The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022's <final-char> to use for
11166 designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
11168 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
11169 but still shows the full information." t nil)
11171 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
11172 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
11173 It reads an Emacs' character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
11174 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
11175 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
11177 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
11178 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
11179 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
11180 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
11181 detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil)
11183 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
11184 Display a list of characters in the specified character set." t nil)
11186 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
11187 Display information about character set CHARSET." t nil)
11189 (autoload (quote describe-char-after) "mule-diag" "\
11190 Display information about the character at POS in the current buffer.
11191 POS defaults to point.
11192 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
11193 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
11194 which font is being used for displaying the character." t nil)
11196 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
11197 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil)
11199 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
11200 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
11202 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
11203 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
11204 at the place of `..':
11205 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
11206 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
11207 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
11208 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
11209 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
11210 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
11211 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
11212 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
11213 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
11214 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
11215 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
11216 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
11217 `default-process-coding-system' for read
11218 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
11219 `default-process-coding-system' for write
11220 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'" t nil)
11222 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
11223 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil)
11225 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
11226 Display a list of all coding systems.
11227 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
11229 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
11230 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil)
11232 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
11233 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil)
11235 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
11236 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil)
11238 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
11239 Display information of FONTSET.
11240 This shows which font is used for which character(s)." t nil)
11242 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
11243 Display a list of all fontsets.
11244 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
11245 With prefix arg, it also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
11246 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil)
11248 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
11249 Display information about all input methods." t nil)
11251 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
11252 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
11254 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
11255 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
11256 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
11257 system which uses fontsets)." t nil)
11259 (autoload (quote dump-charsets) "mule-diag" "\
11260 Dump information about all charsets into the file `CHARSETS'.
11261 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
11263 (autoload (quote dump-codings) "mule-diag" "\
11264 Dump information about all coding systems into the file `CODINGS'.
11265 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
11269 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
11270 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
11271 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
11272 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
11273 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
11274 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
11275 ;;;;;; (14647 32042))
11276 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
11278 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
11279 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
11280 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil)
11282 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
11283 Return a list of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote list)))
11285 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
11286 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote vector)))
11288 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
11289 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil)
11291 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
11292 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
11293 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies
11294 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying
11295 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.
11297 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character
11298 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN,
11299 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR.
11300 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result
11301 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR.
11303 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
11304 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil)
11306 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
11308 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
11309 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
11311 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
11312 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
11313 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
11315 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
11316 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
11317 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
11319 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
11320 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
11321 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
11323 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
11324 longer than KEYSEQ.
11325 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil)
11327 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
11328 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
11329 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
11330 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
11331 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
11332 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
11333 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
11334 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
11335 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
11336 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
11337 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil)
11339 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\
11340 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil)
11342 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
11343 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's post-read-conversion property." nil nil)
11345 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
11346 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's pre-write-conversion property." nil nil)
11348 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
11349 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-decode property." nil nil)
11351 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
11352 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-encode property." nil nil)
11354 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
11355 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
11356 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
11357 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil)
11359 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
11360 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
11361 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
11362 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro))
11364 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
11365 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
11366 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
11367 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil)
11371 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
11372 ;;;;;; (14854 32222))
11373 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
11375 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
11376 Toggle Mouse-Wheel mode on or off.
11377 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11378 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11379 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
11381 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11383 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote mwheel))
11385 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
11386 Toggle mouse wheel support.
11387 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
11388 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
11390 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
11391 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil)
11395 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
11396 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
11397 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el"
11398 ;;;;;; (14813 40531))
11399 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
11401 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
11402 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil)
11404 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
11406 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
11407 `ping-program-options'." t nil)
11409 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
11410 Run ipconfig program." t nil)
11412 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
11414 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
11415 Run netstat program." t nil)
11417 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
11418 Run the arp program." t nil)
11420 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
11421 Run the route program." t nil)
11423 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
11424 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil)
11426 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
11427 Run nslookup program." t nil)
11429 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
11430 Run dig program." t nil)
11432 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
11433 Run ftp program." t nil)
11435 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
11436 Finger USER on HOST." t nil)
11438 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
11439 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
11440 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
11441 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil)
11443 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil)
11445 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
11446 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil)
11448 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
11449 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil)
11453 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-region
11454 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
11455 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-multi-line comment-padding
11456 ;;;;;; comment-style comment-column) "newcomment" "newcomment.el"
11457 ;;;;;; (14909 56659))
11458 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
11460 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
11462 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
11464 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
11466 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
11468 (defgroup comment nil "Indenting and filling of comments." :prefix "comment-" :version "21.1" :group (quote fill))
11470 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
11471 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
11472 Setting this variable automatically makes it local to the current buffer.
11473 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
11474 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.")
11476 (defvar comment-start nil "\
11477 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
11479 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
11480 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
11481 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
11482 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
11484 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
11485 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
11487 (defvar comment-end "" "\
11488 *String to insert to end a new comment.
11489 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
11491 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
11492 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
11493 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
11494 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
11495 column indentation or nil.
11496 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
11498 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
11499 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
11500 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
11502 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
11503 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
11504 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
11505 of the corresponding number of spaces.
11507 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
11508 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
11510 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
11511 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter.
11512 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
11514 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
11515 Default for `comment-indent-function'." nil nil)
11517 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
11518 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
11519 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continuation' markers if any." t nil)
11521 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
11522 Set the comment column based on point.
11523 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
11524 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
11525 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
11526 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column." t nil)
11528 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
11529 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
11530 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one." t nil)
11532 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
11533 Uncomment each line in the BEG..END region.
11534 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
11535 comment markers." t nil)
11537 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
11538 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
11539 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG..END.
11540 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
11541 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
11542 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
11543 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
11544 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
11546 The strings used as comment starts are built from
11547 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'." t nil)
11549 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
11550 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
11551 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
11552 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
11553 case it calls `uncomment-region').
11554 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
11555 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
11556 Else, call `comment-indent'." t nil)
11558 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
11559 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
11560 This indents the body of the continued comment
11561 under the previous comment line.
11563 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
11564 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
11565 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
11567 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
11568 or comment indentation.
11570 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
11571 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil." t nil)
11575 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (14858
11577 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
11579 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
11580 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
11581 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
11582 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
11583 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
11584 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
11588 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
11589 ;;;;;; (14813 40531))
11590 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
11592 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
11593 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
11594 This command does not work if you use short group names." t nil)
11598 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
11599 ;;;;;; (14859 52340))
11600 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
11602 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
11603 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
11604 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
11608 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
11609 ;;;;;; (14858 32485))
11610 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
11612 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
11613 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
11617 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
11618 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (14791 27653))
11619 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
11621 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
11622 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
11624 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
11625 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
11627 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
11628 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
11632 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
11633 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (13229 29111))
11634 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
11636 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
11637 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
11638 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
11640 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil)
11642 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
11643 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
11644 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
11645 to future sessions." t nil)
11647 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
11648 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
11649 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
11650 to future sessions." t nil)
11654 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
11655 ;;;;;; (14974 43714))
11656 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
11658 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
11659 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
11661 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
11662 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
11663 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
11667 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
11668 ;;;;;; (13145 50478))
11669 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
11671 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
11672 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
11673 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
11674 specified by `octave-help-files'.
11675 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil)
11679 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
11680 ;;;;;; (14747 44776))
11681 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
11683 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
11684 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
11685 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
11687 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
11689 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
11690 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
11692 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
11693 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
11694 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil)
11696 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
11700 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
11701 ;;;;;; (14535 42824))
11702 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
11704 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
11705 Major mode for editing Octave code.
11707 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
11708 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
11709 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
11710 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
11712 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
11713 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
11714 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
11715 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
11716 is why you need this mode!).
11718 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
11719 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
11720 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
11722 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
11727 \\{octave-mode-map}
11729 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
11730 ==============================================
11733 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
11736 octave-auto-newline
11737 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
11740 octave-blink-matching-block
11741 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
11742 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
11744 octave-block-offset
11745 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
11748 octave-continuation-offset
11749 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
11752 octave-continuation-string
11753 String used for Octave continuation lines.
11754 Default is a backslash.
11756 octave-mode-startup-message
11757 Nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
11760 octave-send-echo-input
11761 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
11762 command to the inferior Octave process.
11764 octave-send-line-auto-forward
11765 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
11766 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
11768 octave-send-echo-input
11769 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
11771 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
11773 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
11774 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
11776 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
11777 (setq auto-mode-alist
11778 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
11780 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
11781 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
11783 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
11787 (if (eq window-system 'x)
11788 (font-lock-mode 1))))
11790 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
11791 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
11792 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
11793 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil)
11797 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
11798 ;;;;;; (14821 31349))
11799 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
11801 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
11802 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
11803 It is now better to use Customize instead." t nil)
11805 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
11806 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
11807 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
11808 in which there are commands to set the option values.
11809 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
11811 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil)
11815 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
11816 ;;;;;; (14958 40595))
11817 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
11819 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
11820 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
11821 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
11822 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
11824 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
11825 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
11826 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
11827 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
11829 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
11830 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
11831 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
11832 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
11833 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
11834 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
11836 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
11837 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
11839 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
11840 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
11841 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
11842 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
11843 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
11844 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
11845 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
11846 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
11847 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
11848 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
11849 The subheadings remain visible.
11850 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
11852 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
11853 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
11854 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
11856 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
11857 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
11859 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
11860 Toggle Outline minor mode.
11861 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
11862 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
11866 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (14854 32222))
11867 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
11869 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
11870 Toggle Show-Paren mode on or off.
11871 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11872 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11873 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
11875 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11877 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren))
11879 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
11880 Toggle Show Paren mode.
11881 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
11882 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
11884 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
11885 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil)
11889 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (14628
11891 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
11893 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
11894 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
11895 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
11897 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
11898 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
11900 Other useful functions are:
11902 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
11903 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
11904 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
11905 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
11906 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
11907 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
11908 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
11909 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
11910 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
11912 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
11914 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
11915 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
11916 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
11917 Indentation for case statements.
11918 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
11919 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
11921 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
11922 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
11923 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
11924 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
11925 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
11926 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
11927 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
11928 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
11929 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
11930 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
11932 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
11933 pascal-separator-keywords.
11935 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
11936 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
11940 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
11941 ;;;;;; (13229 29217))
11942 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
11944 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
11945 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
11946 The keys affected are:
11947 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
11948 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
11949 M-Backspace does undo.
11950 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
11951 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
11952 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil)
11956 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
11957 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (14783 15356))
11958 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
11960 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
11961 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
11963 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
11965 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
11966 which modify the status of the mark.
11968 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
11969 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
11971 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
11972 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
11974 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
11975 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
11976 behind. To control wether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
11977 variable pc-select-meta-moves-sexps after loading pc-select.el but before
11978 turning pc-selection-mode on.
11980 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
11981 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
11983 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
11984 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
11985 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
11987 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
11988 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
11989 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
11991 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
11992 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
11994 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
11995 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
11996 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
11998 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
11999 the variable pc-select-selection-keys-only to t after loading pc-select.el
12000 but before calling pc-selection-mode):
12006 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
12007 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
12008 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil)
12010 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
12011 Toggle PC Selection mode.
12012 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
12013 and cursor movement commands.
12014 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
12015 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
12017 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12019 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
12023 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (14680
12025 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
12027 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
12028 Completion rules for the `cvs' command." nil nil)
12032 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
12033 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (14763 31121))
12034 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
12036 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12037 Completion for `gzip'." nil nil)
12039 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12040 Completion for `bzip2'." nil nil)
12042 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12043 Completion for GNU `make'." nil nil)
12045 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12046 Completion for the GNU tar utility." nil nil)
12048 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
12052 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
12053 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (14911 29452))
12054 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
12056 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
12057 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem." nil nil)
12059 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
12060 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'." nil nil)
12062 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
12063 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'." nil nil)
12067 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (14680
12069 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
12071 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
12072 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
12073 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
12074 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
12075 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
12076 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so." nil nil)
12080 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
12081 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
12082 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (14680 33026))
12083 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
12085 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12086 Completion for `cd'." nil nil)
12088 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
12090 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12091 Completion for `rmdir'." nil nil)
12093 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12094 Completion for `rm'." nil nil)
12096 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12097 Completion for `xargs'." nil nil)
12099 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
12101 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12102 Completion for `which'." nil nil)
12104 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12105 Completion for the `chown' command." nil nil)
12107 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12108 Completion for the `chgrp' command." nil nil)
12112 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
12113 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
12114 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (14961
12116 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
12118 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
12119 Support extensible programmable completion.
12120 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
12121 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list)." t nil)
12123 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
12124 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards." t nil)
12126 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
12127 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
12128 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
12130 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
12131 Complete without reference to any cycling completions." t nil)
12133 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
12134 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
12135 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
12137 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
12138 Display any help information relative to the current argument." t nil)
12140 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
12141 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument." t nil)
12143 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
12144 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
12145 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
12146 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is
12147 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'." nil nil)
12149 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
12150 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete." nil nil)
12154 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
12155 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
12156 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (14966 38375))
12157 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
12159 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
12160 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
12161 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
12162 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12164 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use." t nil)
12166 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
12167 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
12168 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
12169 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12170 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
12171 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
12172 FLAGS is ignored." t nil)
12174 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
12175 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
12176 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
12177 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12178 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
12179 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12180 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
12181 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
12183 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
12184 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
12185 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12186 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
12187 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12188 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer." t nil)
12190 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
12191 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
12192 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12193 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
12194 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12195 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
12196 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
12198 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
12200 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
12201 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
12202 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
12204 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
12205 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
12206 NIL means never do it.
12207 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
12208 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
12209 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
12211 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
12212 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
12213 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
12217 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (14909 56659))
12218 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
12220 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m))
12224 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
12225 ;;;;;; (14804 20134))
12226 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
12228 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
12229 Major mode for editing Perl code.
12230 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
12231 Tab indents for Perl code.
12232 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
12233 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
12234 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12236 Variables controlling indentation style:
12237 perl-tab-always-indent
12238 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
12239 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
12240 perl-tab-to-comment
12241 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
12242 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
12243 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
12245 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
12247 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
12248 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
12249 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
12250 perl-continued-statement-offset
12251 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
12252 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
12253 perl-continued-brace-offset
12254 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
12255 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
12257 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
12258 perl-brace-imaginary-offset
12259 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
12260 this far to the right of the start of its line.
12262 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
12264 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
12265 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
12266 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
12267 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
12268 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
12269 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
12270 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
12272 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
12276 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
12277 ;;;;;; (14883 29490))
12278 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
12280 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
12281 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
12282 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
12283 afterwards settable by these commands:
12284 C-c < Move left after insertion.
12285 C-c > Move right after insertion.
12286 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
12287 C-c . Move down after insertion.
12288 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
12289 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
12290 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
12291 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
12292 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
12293 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
12294 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
12295 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
12296 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
12297 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
12298 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
12299 with these commands:
12300 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
12301 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
12302 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
12303 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
12304 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
12305 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
12306 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
12307 Return Move to beginning of next line.
12308 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
12309 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
12310 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
12311 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
12312 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
12313 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
12314 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
12315 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
12316 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
12317 You can manipulate text with these commands:
12318 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
12319 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
12320 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
12321 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
12322 text is saved in the kill ring.
12323 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
12324 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
12325 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
12326 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
12327 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
12328 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
12329 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
12330 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
12331 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
12332 commands if invoked soon enough.
12333 You can return to the previous mode with:
12334 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
12335 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
12337 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil.
12339 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
12340 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
12342 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
12346 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (14977 58043))
12347 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
12349 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
12350 Play pong and waste time.
12351 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
12352 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
12354 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
12356 \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil)
12360 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp"
12361 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (13819 15860))
12362 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
12364 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
12365 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
12366 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
12367 can handle, whenever this is possible.
12368 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
12370 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
12371 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
12372 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
12373 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
12374 in the variable `values'." t nil)
12376 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
12377 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
12378 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
12379 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
12383 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
12384 ;;;;;; (13446 12665))
12385 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
12387 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
12388 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
12389 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
12391 \\{prolog-mode-map}
12392 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
12393 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
12395 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
12396 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
12400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (14895 24173))
12401 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
12403 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (eq system-type (quote ms-dos)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
12404 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
12405 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
12409 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (14884
12411 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
12413 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
12414 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
12416 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
12418 The following variables hold user options, and can
12419 be set through the `customize' command:
12421 ps-mode-auto-indent
12424 ps-mode-print-function
12426 ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2
12430 ps-run-error-line-numbers
12433 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
12439 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
12440 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
12441 The keymap for this second window is:
12443 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
12446 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
12447 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
12448 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
12449 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
12450 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
12455 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-initialize
12456 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font
12457 ;;;;;; ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule"
12458 ;;;;;; "ps-mule.el" (14728 33447))
12459 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
12461 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
12462 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
12466 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
12467 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
12468 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
12469 changed by setting the variable
12470 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
12471 The initial value of this variable is
12472 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
12475 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
12476 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
12477 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
12478 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
12479 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
12480 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
12483 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
12484 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
12485 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
12486 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
12487 source file. BDF fonts are included in
12488 `intlfonts-1.1' which is a collection of X11 fonts
12489 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
12490 use this value, be sure to have installed
12491 `intlfonts-1.1' and set the variable
12492 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
12493 documentation of this variable).
12495 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
12496 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
12497 characters. This is convenient when you want or
12498 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
12499 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
12500 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
12502 Any other value is treated as nil.")
12504 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
12505 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
12506 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil)
12508 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
12510 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
12511 Generate PostScript code for ploting characters in the region FROM and TO.
12513 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
12515 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
12519 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
12521 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
12522 the sequence." nil nil)
12524 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
12525 Generate PostScript code for ploting composition in the region FROM and TO.
12527 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
12530 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
12534 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
12536 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
12537 the sequence." nil nil)
12539 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
12540 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil)
12542 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
12543 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
12544 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil)
12546 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
12550 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
12551 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
12552 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
12553 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
12554 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print"
12555 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (14977 56713))
12556 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
12558 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
12559 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
12560 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
12561 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
12563 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
12564 Customization of ps-print group." t nil)
12566 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
12567 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
12569 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
12570 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image
12571 in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
12573 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
12574 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
12575 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
12577 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12578 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
12579 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
12580 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
12581 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
12583 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
12584 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
12585 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
12587 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12588 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
12589 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline
12590 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
12591 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
12593 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
12594 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
12595 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
12596 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
12598 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12600 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12601 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
12602 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
12603 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
12604 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
12606 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12608 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
12609 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
12610 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
12612 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12614 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12615 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
12616 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline
12617 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
12618 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
12620 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12622 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
12623 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
12625 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
12626 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript
12627 image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
12629 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
12630 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
12631 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
12633 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
12634 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size,
12635 using the current ps-print setup.
12636 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
12637 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
12639 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
12640 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
12641 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
12643 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
12644 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
12645 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
12647 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
12648 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil)
12650 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
12651 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
12653 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
12654 with face extension in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
12656 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
12658 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil)
12660 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
12661 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
12663 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
12664 with face extensions in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
12666 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
12668 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
12670 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
12672 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
12673 foreground and background colors respectively.
12675 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
12676 bold - use bold font.
12677 italic - use italic font.
12678 underline - put a line under text.
12679 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
12680 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
12681 shadow - text will have a shadow.
12682 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
12683 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
12685 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil)
12689 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
12690 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
12691 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
12692 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package) "quail" "international/quail.el"
12693 ;;;;;; (14962 39487))
12694 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
12696 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
12697 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
12698 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package." nil nil)
12700 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
12701 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
12702 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
12703 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
12704 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
12705 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
12706 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
12708 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
12709 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
12710 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
12711 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
12712 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
12714 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
12716 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
12717 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
12718 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
12719 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
12720 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
12721 list of candidates.
12723 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
12724 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
12725 command to be called.
12727 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
12728 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
12729 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
12730 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
12732 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
12733 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
12734 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
12735 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
12736 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
12739 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
12740 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
12741 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
12742 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
12744 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
12745 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
12746 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
12747 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
12749 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
12750 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
12751 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
12752 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
12753 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
12754 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
12756 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
12757 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
12758 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
12759 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
12760 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
12761 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
12763 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
12764 covers Quail translation region.
12766 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
12767 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
12768 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
12769 for it) is inserted.
12771 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
12772 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
12773 vs. corresponding command to be called.
12775 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
12776 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
12777 non-Quail commands." nil nil)
12779 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
12780 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
12782 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
12783 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
12784 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
12785 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
12786 you type is correctly handled." t nil)
12788 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
12789 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
12791 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
12792 keyboard type." t nil)
12794 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
12795 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
12796 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
12797 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
12798 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
12799 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
12800 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
12801 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
12802 for the translation.
12803 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
12805 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
12806 it is used to handle KEY.
12808 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
12809 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
12810 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
12811 the following annotation types are supported.
12813 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
12814 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
12816 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
12819 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
12820 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
12821 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
12824 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
12825 generated for the following translations." nil (quote macro))
12827 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
12828 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
12830 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
12831 which to install MAP.
12833 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil)
12835 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
12836 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
12838 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
12839 which to install MAP.
12841 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'." nil nil)
12843 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
12844 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
12845 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
12846 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
12847 a function, or a cons.
12848 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
12849 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
12850 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
12851 for the translation.
12852 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
12853 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
12854 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
12855 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
12856 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
12858 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
12859 it is used to handle KEY.
12861 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
12862 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
12863 current Quail package.
12865 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
12866 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil)
12868 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
12869 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
12871 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
12872 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
12874 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
12876 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
12877 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail." nil nil)
12879 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
12880 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
12881 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
12882 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
12883 of the Emacs source tree.
12885 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
12886 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
12888 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
12889 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
12890 of each directory." t nil)
12894 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
12895 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
12896 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (14914
12898 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
12900 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
12901 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
12902 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
12903 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
12905 To make use of this do something like:
12907 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
12909 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
12911 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
12912 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
12914 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
12915 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
12916 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
12918 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
12919 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil)
12921 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
12922 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
12924 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
12925 is decided." t nil)
12927 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
12928 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
12930 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
12931 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
12932 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
12934 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
12935 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil)
12937 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
12938 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil)
12940 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
12941 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
12943 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
12945 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil)
12947 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
12948 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil)
12952 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (14550
12954 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
12956 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
12957 Compile the the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
12958 See \\[compile]." t nil)
12962 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
12963 ;;;;;; (14980 3782))
12964 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
12966 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
12967 Call up the RE Builder for the current window." t nil)
12971 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode recentf-open-more-files recentf-open-files
12972 ;;;;;; recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list recentf-save-list) "recentf"
12973 ;;;;;; "recentf.el" (14977 57209))
12974 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
12976 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
12977 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil)
12979 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\
12980 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil)
12982 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
12983 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil)
12985 (autoload (quote recentf-open-files) "recentf" "\
12986 Display buffer allowing user to choose a file from recently-opened list.
12987 The optional argument FILES may be used to specify the list, otherwise
12988 `recentf-list' is used. The optional argument BUFFER-NAME specifies
12989 which buffer to use for the interaction." t nil)
12991 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\
12992 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil)
12994 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
12995 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
12996 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12997 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12998 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
13000 (custom-add-to-group (quote recentf) (quote recentf-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13002 (custom-add-load (quote recentf-mode) (quote recentf))
13004 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
13005 Toggle recentf mode.
13006 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
13007 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
13009 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
13010 were operated on recently." t nil)
13014 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle replace-rectangle string-rectangle
13015 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
13016 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
13017 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (14877
13019 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
13021 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
13022 Move point to column COLUMN rigidly in the current line.
13023 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by
13026 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
13027 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil)
13029 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
13030 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
13031 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
13032 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
13035 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13036 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
13037 to be deleted." t nil)
13039 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
13040 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
13041 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
13043 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13044 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
13047 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
13048 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
13049 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
13051 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
13052 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
13054 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13055 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
13057 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
13060 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
13061 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
13063 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
13064 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
13065 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
13066 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
13067 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
13068 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
13069 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
13071 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
13072 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
13074 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
13075 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
13077 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13078 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
13079 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil)
13080 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name
13082 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
13083 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
13084 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
13085 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
13086 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
13088 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13089 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil)
13091 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
13092 Insert STRING on each line of the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
13094 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13095 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
13096 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil)
13098 (autoload (quote replace-rectangle) "rect" "\
13099 Like `string-rectangle', but replace the original region." t nil)
13101 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
13102 Blank out the region-rectangle.
13103 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
13105 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13106 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
13107 rectangle which were empty." t nil)
13111 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (14875
13113 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
13115 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
13116 Toggle Refill minor mode.
13117 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
13119 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
13120 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
13121 refilling if they would cause auto-filling." t nil)
13125 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
13126 ;;;;;; (14900 39721))
13127 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
13129 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
13130 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil)
13132 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
13133 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
13135 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
13136 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
13138 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
13139 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
13140 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
13143 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
13144 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
13145 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
13147 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
13148 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
13149 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
13151 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
13152 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
13154 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
13155 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
13157 \\{reftex-mode-map}
13158 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
13161 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
13165 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
13166 ;;;;;; (14900 39720))
13167 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
13169 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
13170 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
13171 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
13172 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
13173 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according
13174 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
13176 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
13178 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
13180 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
13181 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
13182 called with point inside the braces of a `cite' command, it will
13183 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
13185 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
13186 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
13187 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
13188 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil)
13192 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
13193 ;;;;;; (14900 39721))
13194 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
13196 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
13197 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
13198 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
13200 To insert new phrases, use
13201 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
13202 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
13204 To index phrases use one of:
13206 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
13207 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
13208 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
13209 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
13210 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
13212 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
13213 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
13215 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
13217 Here are all local bindings.
13219 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil)
13223 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
13224 ;;;;;; (14854 32222))
13225 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
13227 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
13228 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
13229 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
13230 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
13231 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
13232 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
13234 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
13235 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
13237 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
13238 by \\=\\< and \\>." nil nil)
13240 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
13241 Return the depth of REGEXP.
13242 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
13243 in REGEXP." nil nil)
13247 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (14981 28008))
13248 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
13250 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
13251 Repeat most recently executed command.
13252 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
13253 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
13254 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
13256 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
13257 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
13258 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil)
13262 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
13263 ;;;;;; (14638 40777))
13264 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
13266 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
13267 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
13269 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
13270 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
13271 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
13272 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
13273 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
13274 and point is left after the salutation.
13276 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
13277 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
13278 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
13279 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
13280 left after that text.
13282 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
13285 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
13286 to initialize a a messagem, which the user can then edit and finally send
13287 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
13288 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil)
13292 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
13293 ;;;;;; (13229 29317))
13294 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
13296 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
13297 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
13298 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
13299 visibility of comments that precede it.
13300 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
13301 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
13302 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
13303 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
13304 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
13305 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
13306 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
13307 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
13309 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
13310 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
13311 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
13312 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
13313 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
13314 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
13318 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679
13320 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
13322 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
13323 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
13327 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
13328 ;;;;;; (14634 20460))
13329 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
13331 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
13332 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
13334 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
13335 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
13339 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (14550 7959))
13340 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
13341 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
13343 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
13344 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
13345 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
13346 other arguments for `rlogin'.
13348 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
13350 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
13351 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
13352 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
13353 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
13355 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
13356 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
13358 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
13359 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
13361 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
13362 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
13365 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
13366 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
13367 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
13368 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
13369 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
13371 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
13372 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
13373 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
13374 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
13376 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
13377 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
13382 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
13383 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
13384 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
13385 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
13386 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
13387 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
13388 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (14974 36648))
13389 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
13391 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
13392 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
13393 A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address
13394 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
13396 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
13397 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
13398 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
13399 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
13400 value is the user's name.)
13401 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
13403 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent:") "\
13404 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
13405 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
13406 which normally happens once for each message,
13407 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
13408 To make a change in this variable take effect
13409 for a message that you have already viewed,
13410 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
13412 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
13413 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
13414 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
13415 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
13417 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers nil "\
13418 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
13420 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
13421 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
13422 A value of nil means don't highlight.
13423 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
13425 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
13426 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
13428 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
13429 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
13431 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
13432 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
13433 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
13434 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
13435 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
13437 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
13438 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
13440 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
13441 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
13443 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
13444 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
13446 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
13447 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
13449 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
13450 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
13452 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
13453 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
13455 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
13456 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
13458 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
13459 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
13461 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
13462 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
13463 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
13464 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
13466 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
13467 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
13469 This is set to nil by default.")
13471 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
13472 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
13473 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
13474 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
13475 until a user explicitly requires it.")
13477 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
13478 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.")
13480 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
13481 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
13482 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
13483 this feature is required with `require'.")
13485 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
13486 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
13487 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
13488 the message is decoded as normal way.
13490 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
13491 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
13492 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
13494 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
13495 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
13496 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
13498 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
13499 Read and edit incoming mail.
13500 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
13501 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
13502 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
13504 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
13505 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
13506 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
13507 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
13509 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil)
13511 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
13512 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
13513 All normal editing commands are turned off.
13514 Instead, these commands are available:
13516 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
13517 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
13518 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
13519 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
13520 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
13521 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
13522 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
13523 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
13524 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
13525 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
13526 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
13527 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
13528 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
13529 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
13530 till a deleted message is found.
13531 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
13532 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
13533 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
13534 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
13535 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
13536 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
13537 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
13538 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
13539 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
13540 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
13541 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
13542 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
13543 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
13544 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
13545 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
13546 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
13547 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
13548 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
13549 (label defaults to last one specified).
13550 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
13551 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
13552 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
13553 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
13554 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
13555 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
13556 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
13557 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
13558 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
13560 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
13561 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
13563 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
13564 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil)
13568 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
13569 ;;;;;; (14387 64265))
13570 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
13572 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
13573 Edit the contents of this message." t nil)
13577 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
13578 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
13579 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (12875 8164))
13580 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
13582 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
13583 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
13584 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
13586 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
13587 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
13588 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
13590 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil)
13592 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
13593 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
13594 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
13595 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
13596 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil)
13598 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
13599 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
13600 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
13601 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
13602 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil)
13606 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
13607 ;;;;;; (13772 51133))
13608 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
13610 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
13611 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
13612 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
13613 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil)
13617 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
13618 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
13619 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (14636 62741))
13620 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
13622 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
13623 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
13624 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
13625 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
13626 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
13627 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
13628 a file name as a string.")
13630 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
13631 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
13632 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
13633 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
13634 buffer visiting that file.
13635 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
13636 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
13638 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
13639 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
13641 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
13642 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
13644 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
13645 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message." t nil)
13647 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
13648 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
13650 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
13651 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
13652 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
13653 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
13654 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
13656 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
13657 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
13658 will be appended with their original headers.
13660 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
13661 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
13663 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
13664 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
13666 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil)
13668 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
13669 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
13670 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil)
13674 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-keywords rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
13675 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
13676 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (13054
13678 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
13680 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
13681 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
13682 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13684 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
13685 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
13686 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13688 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
13689 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
13690 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13692 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
13693 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
13694 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13696 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
13697 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
13698 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13700 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
13701 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
13702 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13704 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-keywords) "rmailsort" "\
13705 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
13706 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
13707 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil)
13711 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
13712 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
13713 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
13714 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
13715 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (14902 15284))
13716 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
13718 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
13719 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
13721 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
13722 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
13724 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
13725 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil)
13727 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
13728 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
13729 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil)
13731 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
13732 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
13733 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
13734 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
13735 only look in the To and From fields.
13736 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
13738 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
13739 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
13740 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
13741 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
13742 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil)
13744 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
13745 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
13746 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
13747 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
13748 look in the whole message.
13749 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
13751 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
13752 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
13753 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil)
13755 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
13756 *Function to decode summary-line.
13758 By default, `identity' is set.")
13760 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
13761 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
13762 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
13763 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
13764 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
13765 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
13766 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
13768 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
13769 sent by you under different user names.
13770 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail adresses.
13772 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
13776 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
13777 ;;;;;; (14932 52544))
13778 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
13780 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
13781 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
13782 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
13783 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil)
13787 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13"
13788 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (12536 45574))
13789 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
13791 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
13792 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
13793 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window." t nil)
13795 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
13796 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil)
13800 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
13801 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
13802 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
13803 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "rsz-mini.el" (14895 24173))
13804 ;;; Generated autoloads from rsz-mini.el
13806 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
13807 *This variable is obsolete.")
13809 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13811 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
13813 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
13814 *This variable is obsolete.")
13816 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
13817 *This variable is obsolete.")
13819 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
13820 *This variable is obsolete.")
13822 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
13823 *This variable is obsolete.")
13825 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
13826 *This variable is obsolete.")
13828 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
13829 This function is obsolete." t nil)
13833 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
13834 ;;;;;; (14947 16781))
13835 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
13837 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
13838 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
13839 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
13841 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
13842 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
13843 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
13844 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
13845 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
13846 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
13847 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
13848 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
13851 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13852 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
13853 \\{scheme-mode-map}
13854 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
13855 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
13857 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
13858 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
13859 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
13862 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13863 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
13864 \\{scheme-mode-map}
13865 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
13866 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
13867 that variable's value is a string." t nil)
13871 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
13872 ;;;;;; (14791 27653))
13873 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
13875 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
13876 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
13877 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
13879 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
13883 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (14381
13885 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
13887 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
13888 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
13889 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
13890 \\{scribe-mode-map}
13892 Interesting variables:
13894 scribe-fancy-paragraphs
13895 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
13897 scribe-electric-quote
13898 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
13900 scribe-electric-parenthesis
13901 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
13902 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
13906 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all"
13907 ;;;;;; "scroll-all.el" (14862 37894))
13908 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
13910 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
13911 Control/track scroll locking.
13913 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13914 use either M-x customize or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
13916 (custom-add-to-group (quote windows) (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13918 (custom-add-load (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote scroll-all))
13920 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
13921 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode." t nil)
13925 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
13926 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to
13927 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator send-mail-function
13928 ;;;;;; mail-yank-ignored-headers mail-interactive mail-self-blind
13929 ;;;;;; mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el"
13930 ;;;;;; (14962 39487))
13931 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
13933 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
13934 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
13936 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
13938 If `parens', they look like:
13939 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
13940 If `angles', they look like:
13941 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
13942 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
13943 derived from the envelope-from address.
13945 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
13946 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
13947 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
13948 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
13950 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
13951 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
13952 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in `user-mail-address'.
13954 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
13955 is a privileged operation.")
13957 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
13958 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
13959 This is done when the message is initialized,
13960 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
13962 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
13963 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
13964 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
13966 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
13967 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
13969 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
13970 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
13971 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
13972 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line.
13973 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
13974 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
13976 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
13977 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
13979 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
13980 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
13981 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
13983 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
13984 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
13985 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
13986 when you first send mail.")
13988 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
13989 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
13990 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
13991 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
13992 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
13994 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
13995 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
13996 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
13997 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
13998 This file need not actually exist.")
14000 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
14001 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
14002 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
14003 If a string, that string is inserted.
14004 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
14005 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
14006 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
14007 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
14009 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
14010 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
14011 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
14012 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
14013 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
14014 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
14015 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
14016 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC:
14017 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
14018 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
14019 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
14020 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
14021 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
14022 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
14023 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order)." t nil)
14025 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
14026 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
14027 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
14028 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
14029 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
14030 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
14032 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
14033 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
14034 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
14036 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
14037 User should not set this variable manually,
14038 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
14039 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
14040 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
14041 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
14043 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
14044 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
14045 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
14046 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
14048 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
14049 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
14052 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
14054 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
14055 to move to message header fields:
14058 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
14059 when the message is initialized.
14061 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
14062 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
14064 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
14067 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
14068 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
14070 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
14071 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
14073 The second through fifth arguments,
14074 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
14075 the initial contents of those header fields.
14076 These arguments should not have final newlines.
14077 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
14078 original message being replied to, or else an action
14079 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
14080 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
14081 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
14082 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
14083 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
14084 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
14086 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
14087 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
14089 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
14090 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
14094 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (14914 10317))
14095 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
14097 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
14098 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
14099 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
14100 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
14101 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
14102 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
14104 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
14108 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
14109 ;;;;;; (14501 47217))
14110 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
14112 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
14113 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
14114 Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /.
14115 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on
14118 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
14119 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
14120 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
14122 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
14123 your `.emacs' file.
14125 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
14127 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
14128 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
14129 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
14131 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
14132 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
14133 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
14134 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
14135 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
14136 which this is based.
14138 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
14140 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
14141 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
14142 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
14143 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
14145 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
14146 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
14147 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
14149 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
14150 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
14151 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
14152 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
14154 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
14155 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
14156 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
14157 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
14159 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
14161 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
14162 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
14163 To work around that, do:
14164 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
14166 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
14170 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
14171 ;;;;;; (14940 15186))
14172 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
14174 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
14176 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
14177 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
14178 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
14179 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
14180 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
14181 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
14183 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
14184 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
14185 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
14186 shell-specific features.
14188 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
14189 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
14190 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
14192 \\[sh-case] case statement
14193 \\[sh-for] for loop
14194 \\[sh-function] function definition
14195 \\[sh-if] if statement
14196 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
14197 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
14198 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
14199 \\[sh-select] select loop
14200 \\[sh-until] until loop
14201 \\[sh-while] while loop
14203 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
14204 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
14205 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
14206 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
14207 would indent to the way it currently is.
14208 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
14209 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
14212 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
14213 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
14214 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
14215 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
14216 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
14217 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
14219 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
14221 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
14223 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
14224 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
14225 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
14227 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
14228 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
14230 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
14234 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
14235 ;;;;;; (13667 35245))
14236 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
14238 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
14239 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
14241 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
14242 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
14243 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
14244 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
14247 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
14249 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
14251 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
14252 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
14253 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
14255 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
14256 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
14258 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
14259 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
14260 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
14261 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
14262 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
14263 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
14264 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
14267 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
14268 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
14269 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
14270 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
14271 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
14273 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
14274 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
14275 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil)
14279 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
14280 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (14983
14282 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
14284 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
14285 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
14286 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
14287 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
14288 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
14289 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
14290 in the cluster." t nil)
14292 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
14293 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
14294 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
14295 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
14296 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster')." t nil)
14298 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
14299 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
14300 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
14301 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
14302 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
14303 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
14304 `shadow-define-cluster')." t nil)
14306 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
14307 Set up file shadowing." t nil)
14311 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
14312 ;;;;;; (14964 4164))
14313 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
14315 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
14316 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
14317 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
14318 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
14319 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
14322 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
14323 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
14324 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
14325 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
14326 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
14327 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
14328 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
14329 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
14330 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
14331 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
14332 discards input when it starts up.)
14333 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
14334 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
14335 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
14337 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14338 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14339 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14340 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
14341 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14342 `default-process-coding-system'.
14344 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
14345 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
14346 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
14347 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
14349 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14350 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
14354 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (14256
14356 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
14358 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
14359 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
14360 \\{simula-mode-map}
14361 Variables controlling indentation style:
14362 simula-tab-always-indent
14363 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
14364 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14365 simula-indent-level
14366 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
14367 simula-substatement-offset
14368 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
14369 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
14370 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
14371 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
14372 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
14373 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
14374 simula-label-offset -4711
14375 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
14376 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
14377 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
14378 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
14379 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
14380 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
14381 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
14382 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
14383 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
14384 simula-electric-indent nil
14385 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
14386 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
14387 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
14388 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
14389 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
14390 or nil if they should not be changed.
14391 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
14392 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
14393 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
14394 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
14396 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
14397 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
14399 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
14400 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
14405 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
14406 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
14407 ;;;;;; (14973 49729))
14408 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
14410 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
14411 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
14413 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
14414 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
14415 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
14416 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
14417 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro))
14419 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
14420 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
14421 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
14422 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
14423 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
14424 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
14425 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
14427 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
14428 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
14431 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
14432 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
14433 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
14434 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
14435 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
14436 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
14437 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
14439 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
14440 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
14443 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
14444 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
14446 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
14447 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
14448 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
14449 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
14451 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
14452 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
14453 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
14454 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
14456 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
14457 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
14458 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
14460 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
14461 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
14463 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
14464 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
14466 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
14467 _ interesting point, interregion here
14468 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
14469 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
14470 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
14471 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
14472 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
14473 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
14476 After termination, point will be positioned at the first occurrence
14477 of _ or @ or at the end of the inserted text.
14479 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
14480 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
14481 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
14482 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
14483 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
14484 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
14485 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
14486 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
14488 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
14489 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
14490 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
14491 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
14492 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
14495 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
14496 then: insert previously read string once more
14497 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
14498 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
14499 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
14501 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
14502 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
14504 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
14505 Insert the character you type ARG times.
14507 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
14508 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
14509 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
14510 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
14512 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
14513 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
14514 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
14518 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (14961
14520 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
14522 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
14523 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
14524 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil)
14528 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el"
14529 ;;;;;; (14903 16513))
14530 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el
14532 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\
14533 Display textual smileys as images.
14534 START and END specify the region; interactively, use the values
14535 of point and mark. The value of `smiley-regexp-alist' determines
14536 which smileys to operate on and which images to use for them." t nil)
14540 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el"
14541 ;;;;;; (14342 21630))
14542 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
14544 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil)
14548 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (13700 16733))
14549 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
14551 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
14552 Play the Snake game.
14553 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
14555 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
14557 snake-mode keybindings:
14559 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
14560 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
14561 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
14562 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
14563 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
14564 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
14565 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
14571 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
14572 ;;;;;; (14550 9134))
14573 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
14575 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
14576 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
14577 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
14578 Tab indents for C code.
14579 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
14580 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14582 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
14583 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil)
14585 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
14586 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
14587 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
14588 Tab indents for C code.
14589 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
14590 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14592 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
14593 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil)
14597 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
14598 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
14599 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (13462 53924))
14600 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
14602 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
14603 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
14605 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
14606 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
14607 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
14609 For example, the form
14611 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
14612 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
14614 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
14616 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
14617 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
14619 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
14620 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
14621 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
14624 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
14626 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
14627 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
14629 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
14630 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
14631 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
14634 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
14636 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
14637 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
14638 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
14641 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
14643 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
14644 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
14645 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
14647 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
14648 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
14650 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
14652 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
14653 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
14654 Requires floating point." nil nil)
14658 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (13672
14660 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
14662 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
14665 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
14666 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
14667 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
14668 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
14669 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
14670 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
14671 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
14672 check after each move or undo)
14676 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
14677 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
14678 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
14697 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
14698 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
14699 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
14700 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
14702 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
14703 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
14704 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
14707 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
14708 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
14710 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
14726 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
14728 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil)
14732 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
14733 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
14734 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (14906 5643))
14735 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
14737 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
14738 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
14739 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
14741 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
14742 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
14743 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
14744 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
14747 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
14748 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
14749 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14752 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
14753 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
14755 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
14756 It moves point to the start of the next record.
14757 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
14758 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
14761 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
14762 It should move point to the end of the record.
14764 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
14765 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
14766 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
14767 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
14768 starts at the beginning of the record.
14770 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
14771 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
14772 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
14774 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
14775 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
14776 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14777 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
14778 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14779 the sort order." t nil)
14781 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
14782 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
14783 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14784 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
14785 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14786 the sort order." t nil)
14788 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
14789 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
14790 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14791 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
14792 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14793 the sort order." t nil)
14795 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
14796 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
14797 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
14798 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
14799 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
14800 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
14801 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
14802 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14803 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
14805 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
14806 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
14807 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
14808 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
14809 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14810 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
14811 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14812 the sort order." t nil)
14814 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
14815 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
14816 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
14817 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
14818 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
14819 is to be used for sorting.
14820 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
14821 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
14822 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
14823 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
14824 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
14826 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
14828 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14831 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
14832 starting with the letter \"f\",
14833 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
14835 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
14836 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
14837 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
14838 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
14839 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
14840 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
14841 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14844 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
14845 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
14846 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
14847 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
14848 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
14850 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
14851 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
14852 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
14856 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
14857 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (14984 4080))
14858 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
14860 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
14862 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
14863 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
14864 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
14865 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
14866 supported at a time.
14867 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
14868 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil)
14870 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
14871 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
14872 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
14873 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil)
14877 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
14878 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (14977 56205))
14879 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
14881 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14883 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
14884 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
14885 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
14886 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
14887 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
14888 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
14890 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
14891 Check spelling of word at or before point.
14892 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
14893 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
14895 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
14896 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
14897 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
14898 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
14899 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
14901 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
14902 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
14906 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (14821
14908 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
14910 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
14911 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
14913 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
14914 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
14918 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-postgres sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql
14919 ;;;;;; sql-informix sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-mode sql-help) "sql"
14920 ;;;;;; "progmodes/sql.el" (14911 13239))
14921 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
14923 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
14924 Show short help for the SQL modes.
14926 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
14927 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
14929 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
14931 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
14933 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
14935 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
14936 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
14937 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
14938 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
14939 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
14940 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
14941 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
14943 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
14945 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
14946 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
14947 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
14948 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
14950 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
14951 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
14952 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
14953 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
14955 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
14956 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
14957 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil)
14959 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
14960 Major mode to edit SQL.
14962 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
14963 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
14964 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
14967 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
14969 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
14970 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
14971 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
14972 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
14973 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
14974 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
14976 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
14977 `sql-interactive-mode'." t nil)
14979 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
14980 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
14982 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
14983 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
14986 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
14987 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
14988 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
14989 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
14991 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
14992 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
14994 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14995 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14996 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14997 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
14998 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14999 `default-process-coding-system'.
15001 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15003 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
15004 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
15006 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15007 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15010 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
15011 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
15012 `sql-database' as defaults, if set.
15014 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15015 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15017 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15018 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15019 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15020 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15021 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15022 `default-process-coding-system'.
15024 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15026 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
15027 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
15029 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15030 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15033 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
15034 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
15036 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15037 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15039 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15040 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15041 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15042 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15043 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15044 `default-process-coding-system'.
15046 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15048 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
15049 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
15051 Note that the widespread idea that mysql is free software is inaccurate;
15052 its license is too restrictive. We urge you to use PostGres instead.
15054 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15055 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15058 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
15059 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
15060 `sql-server' as defaults, if set.
15062 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15063 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15065 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15066 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15067 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15068 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15069 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15070 `default-process-coding-system'.
15072 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15074 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
15075 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
15077 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15078 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15081 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
15082 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
15085 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15086 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15088 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15089 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15090 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15091 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15092 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15093 `default-process-coding-system'.
15095 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15097 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
15098 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
15100 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15101 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15104 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
15105 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
15107 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15108 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15110 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15111 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15112 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15113 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15114 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15115 `default-process-coding-system'.
15117 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15119 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
15120 Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
15122 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15123 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15126 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
15127 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
15128 as defaults, if set.
15130 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15131 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15133 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15134 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15135 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15136 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15137 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15138 `default-process-coding-system'.
15140 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15142 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
15143 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
15145 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15146 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15149 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
15150 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
15152 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15153 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15155 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15156 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15157 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15158 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15159 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15160 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
15161 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
15162 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
15164 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
15165 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
15167 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15171 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
15172 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
15173 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
15174 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
15175 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke strokes-mode) "strokes" "strokes.el"
15176 ;;;;;; (14787 15136))
15177 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
15179 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
15180 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled.
15181 Setting this variable directly does not take effect. Use either Customize
15182 or M-x strokes-mode.")
15184 (custom-add-to-group (quote strokes) (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15186 (custom-add-load (quote strokes-mode) (quote strokes))
15188 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
15189 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
15190 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
15191 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
15192 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
15193 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
15195 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke))
15197 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
15198 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
15199 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
15200 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
15201 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
15202 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
15203 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
15205 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
15206 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
15207 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
15208 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
15209 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and
15210 then complete the stroke with button3.
15211 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
15213 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
15214 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
15215 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
15217 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
15218 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
15219 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
15221 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
15222 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
15224 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke))
15226 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
15227 Get instructional help on using the `strokes' package." t nil)
15229 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
15230 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
15232 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes))
15234 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
15235 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
15236 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
15237 chronologically by command name.
15238 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead." t nil)
15240 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
15241 Toggle strokes being enabled.
15242 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true.
15243 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor
15244 mode in all buffers when activated.
15245 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define
15248 > M-x global-set-stroke
15250 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
15251 S-mouse-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your
15254 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer
15255 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil)
15257 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
15258 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
15259 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
15260 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status." t nil)
15262 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
15263 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer." t nil)
15267 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-word studlify-region) "studly" "play/studly.el"
15268 ;;;;;; (14821 31351))
15269 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
15271 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
15272 Studlify-case the region" t nil)
15274 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
15275 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument" t nil)
15279 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
15280 ;;;;;; (14565 55801))
15281 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
15283 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
15284 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
15285 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
15286 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
15287 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
15288 original message but it does require a few things:
15290 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
15292 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
15295 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
15296 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
15299 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
15301 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
15303 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
15304 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
15305 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil)
15309 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639))
15310 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
15312 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
15313 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
15314 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
15315 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
15316 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
15318 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
15319 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
15320 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
15321 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
15322 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
15323 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
15324 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
15328 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (13229 29630))
15329 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
15331 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
15332 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil)
15336 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (14903 16513))
15337 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
15339 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
15340 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
15341 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
15342 Letters no longer insert themselves.
15343 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
15344 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
15345 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
15347 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
15348 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
15349 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
15350 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
15352 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
15353 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil)
15357 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
15358 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (14965 55646))
15359 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
15361 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
15362 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
15363 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
15364 Tab indents for Tcl code.
15365 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
15366 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15368 Variables controlling indentation style:
15370 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
15371 tcl-continued-indent-level
15372 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
15374 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
15375 documentation for details):
15376 tcl-tab-always-indent
15377 Controls action of TAB key.
15379 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
15380 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
15381 tcl-electric-hash-style
15382 Controls action of `#' key.
15383 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector
15384 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector.
15385 This variable is only used in Emacs 19.
15386 tcl-use-smart-word-finder
15387 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
15388 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
15390 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
15391 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
15392 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
15396 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
15398 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
15399 Run inferior Tcl process.
15400 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
15401 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
15403 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
15404 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
15405 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
15409 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (14550 7962))
15410 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
15411 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15413 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
15414 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
15415 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
15416 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
15417 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
15418 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
15419 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
15420 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
15422 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
15423 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
15424 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
15425 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
15429 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (14921
15431 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
15433 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
15434 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
15435 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
15436 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
15437 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
15438 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
15440 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
15441 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
15443 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
15444 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
15448 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (14758
15450 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
15452 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
15453 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
15454 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
15455 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
15456 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
15457 program as keyboard input.
15459 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
15460 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
15461 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
15462 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
15464 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
15465 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
15466 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
15467 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
15468 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
15470 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
15472 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
15473 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
15474 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
15475 terminal-redisplay-interval.
15477 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
15478 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
15479 subprocess started." t nil)
15483 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (13700 16411))
15484 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
15486 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
15487 Play the Tetris game.
15488 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
15489 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
15490 as to form complete rows.
15492 tetris-mode keybindings:
15493 \\<tetris-mode-map>
15494 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
15495 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
15496 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
15497 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
15498 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
15499 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
15500 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
15501 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
15507 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
15508 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
15509 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15510 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
15511 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command
15512 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
15513 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
15514 ;;;;;; (14890 7814))
15515 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
15517 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
15518 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
15520 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
15521 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
15522 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
15523 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
15524 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
15526 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
15527 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
15528 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
15529 if it matches the first line of the file,
15530 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
15532 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
15533 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
15534 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
15535 if the variable is non-nil.")
15537 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
15538 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
15540 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
15541 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
15542 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
15543 See the documentation of that variable.")
15545 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
15546 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
15547 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
15548 See the documentation of that variable.")
15550 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
15551 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
15552 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
15553 See the documentation of that variable.")
15555 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
15556 *TeX options to use when running TeX.
15557 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option.
15558 See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
15560 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
15561 *User defined LaTeX block names.
15562 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
15564 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
15565 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
15566 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
15567 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
15569 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
15570 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
15571 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
15572 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
15574 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
15575 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
15576 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
15577 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
15579 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
15580 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
15583 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15584 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
15586 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
15589 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\
15590 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
15591 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
15592 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
15594 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the
15595 window system being used. For example,
15597 (setq tex-dvi-view-command
15598 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\"))
15600 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty
15603 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
15604 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
15605 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
15607 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
15608 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
15609 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
15610 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
15611 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
15613 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
15614 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
15616 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
15617 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
15619 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
15620 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
15621 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
15622 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
15623 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
15624 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
15625 says which mode to use." t nil)
15627 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
15629 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
15631 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
15633 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
15634 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
15635 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
15636 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
15637 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
15639 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
15640 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
15641 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
15642 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
15643 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
15644 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
15645 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
15647 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
15648 mismatched $'s or braces.
15655 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15657 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
15658 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15659 tex-dvi-print-command
15660 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
15661 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15662 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
15663 argument) to print a .dvi file.
15664 tex-dvi-view-command
15665 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
15666 tex-show-queue-command
15667 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
15668 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
15670 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
15671 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
15672 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
15674 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
15675 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
15676 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
15677 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
15678 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
15680 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
15681 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
15682 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
15683 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
15684 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
15685 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
15686 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
15688 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
15689 mismatched $'s or braces.
15696 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15698 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
15699 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15700 tex-dvi-print-command
15701 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
15702 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15703 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
15704 argument) to print a .dvi file.
15705 tex-dvi-view-command
15706 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
15707 tex-show-queue-command
15708 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
15709 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
15711 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
15712 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
15713 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
15715 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
15716 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
15717 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
15718 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
15719 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
15721 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
15722 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
15723 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
15724 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
15725 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
15726 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
15727 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
15729 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
15730 mismatched $'s or braces.
15737 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15739 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
15740 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15741 tex-dvi-print-command
15742 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
15743 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15744 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
15745 argument) to print a .dvi file.
15746 tex-dvi-view-command
15747 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
15748 tex-show-queue-command
15749 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
15750 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
15752 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
15753 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
15754 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
15755 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
15757 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil)
15761 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
15762 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (14600 36293))
15763 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
15765 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
15766 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
15767 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
15768 name specified in the @setfilename command.
15770 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
15771 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
15772 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
15774 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
15775 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
15776 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
15777 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
15778 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
15780 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
15781 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
15782 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
15783 names specified in the @setfilename command.
15785 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
15786 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
15787 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
15788 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
15790 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
15791 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil)
15795 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
15796 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (14952 28641))
15797 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
15799 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
15800 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
15802 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
15803 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
15805 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
15806 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
15808 It has these extra commands:
15809 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
15811 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
15812 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
15813 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
15814 modified version of TeX input format.
15816 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
15817 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
15818 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
15819 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
15821 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
15822 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
15823 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
15824 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
15825 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
15826 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
15827 in the Texinfo file.
15829 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
15830 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
15831 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
15832 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
15833 move forward past the closing brace.
15835 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
15836 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
15838 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
15839 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
15840 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
15842 Here are the functions:
15844 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
15845 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
15846 texinfo-sequential-node-update
15848 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
15849 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
15850 texinfo-master-menu
15852 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
15854 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
15855 which menu descriptions are indented.
15857 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
15858 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
15861 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
15862 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
15863 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
15864 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
15866 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
15867 be the first node in the file.
15870 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
15871 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'." t nil)
15875 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
15876 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
15877 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (14647 32047))
15878 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
15880 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
15881 Compose Thai characters in the region.
15882 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15883 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
15885 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
15886 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil)
15888 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
15889 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
15891 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
15893 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
15894 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
15895 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
15896 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
15899 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
15903 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
15904 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
15905 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (14746 24125))
15906 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
15908 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
15909 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil)
15911 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
15912 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
15913 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
15914 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
15915 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
15917 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
15918 a symbol as a valid THING.
15920 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
15921 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil)
15923 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
15924 Return the THING at point.
15925 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
15926 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
15927 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
15929 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
15930 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil)
15932 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
15934 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
15936 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
15938 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
15942 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion
15943 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-composition-function
15944 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
15945 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
15946 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (14672
15948 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
15950 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
15951 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
15952 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil)
15954 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
15955 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil)
15957 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
15958 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
15959 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil)
15961 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
15962 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil)
15964 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
15965 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil)
15967 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
15968 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
15969 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
15970 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." t nil)
15972 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
15973 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
15974 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
15975 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." nil nil)
15977 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
15979 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
15980 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
15981 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil)
15983 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
15984 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
15985 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil)
15987 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
15989 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
15993 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
15994 ;;;;;; (14883 35719))
15995 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
15997 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
15998 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
15999 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
16000 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
16002 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
16004 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
16005 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
16006 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
16007 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
16009 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
16013 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
16014 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (14854 32222))
16015 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
16017 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
16018 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
16020 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
16021 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
16022 This display updates automatically every minute.
16023 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
16024 are displayed as well.
16025 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
16027 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
16028 Toggle Display-Time mode on or off.
16029 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16030 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16031 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
16033 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16035 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time))
16037 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
16038 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
16039 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
16041 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
16042 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
16043 are displayed as well.
16044 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
16048 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "gnus/time-date.el"
16049 ;;;;;; (14862 37897))
16050 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/time-date.el
16052 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
16053 Convert DATE into time." nil nil)
16055 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
16056 Parse DATE and return a time structure.
16057 If DATE is malformed, a zero time will be returned." nil nil)
16061 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
16062 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (14966 38375))
16063 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
16065 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
16066 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
16067 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
16068 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
16069 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
16070 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
16071 look like one of the following:
16074 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
16075 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
16076 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
16077 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
16078 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
16079 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
16082 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
16083 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
16084 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
16088 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
16089 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
16090 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
16091 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
16092 ;;;;;; (14987 38427))
16093 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
16095 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
16096 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
16097 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil, the modeline will be
16098 updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise, the
16099 timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its updating.
16100 With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only if ARG is
16101 positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline display
16102 \(non-nil means on)." t nil)
16104 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
16105 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
16106 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
16107 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
16108 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
16109 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
16110 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
16111 this function is called within a day.
16113 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
16114 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
16115 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
16116 discover the name of the project." t nil)
16118 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
16119 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
16120 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
16121 begun during the last time segment.
16123 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
16124 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
16125 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
16126 discover the reason." t nil)
16128 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
16129 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment." t nil)
16131 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
16132 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out.
16133 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been
16134 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last
16135 project you were working on." t nil)
16137 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
16138 Ask the user before clocking out.
16139 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-hook'." nil nil)
16141 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
16142 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
16143 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'." t nil)
16145 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
16146 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
16147 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
16148 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
16149 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
16150 \"relative to today\"." t nil)
16152 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
16153 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
16154 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
16155 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked." t nil)
16157 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
16158 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today.
16159 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
16160 NO-MESSAGE is non-nil, no messages will be displayed in the
16161 minibuffer. If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned
16162 will include seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned
16163 will be relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
16164 This argument only makes a difference if `timeclock-relative' is
16169 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
16170 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
16171 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (14766 7772))
16172 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
16174 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
16176 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
16177 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil)
16179 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
16180 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil)
16182 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
16183 Perform an action at time TIME.
16184 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
16185 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
16186 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
16187 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
16188 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
16189 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
16191 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
16193 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
16194 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
16195 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
16196 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
16197 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
16199 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
16201 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
16202 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
16203 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
16204 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil)
16206 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
16207 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
16208 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
16209 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
16211 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
16212 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
16214 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
16215 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
16217 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
16218 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
16219 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
16220 The call should look like:
16221 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
16222 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
16223 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
16224 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
16225 be detected." nil (quote macro))
16229 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
16230 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (14821 31351))
16231 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
16233 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
16234 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
16235 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
16236 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil)
16238 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
16239 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
16240 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
16241 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
16242 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
16243 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
16244 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil)
16248 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
16249 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (14894 24689))
16250 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
16251 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
16252 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
16253 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
16255 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
16256 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
16257 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
16258 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
16259 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil)
16261 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
16262 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
16263 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
16264 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
16265 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil)
16267 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
16268 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
16269 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
16270 in the menu in two ways:
16271 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
16272 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
16273 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
16275 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
16276 keymap or an alist of alists.
16277 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
16278 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil)
16282 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
16283 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
16284 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (14930 62509))
16285 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
16287 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
16288 Add new category CAT to the TODO list." t nil)
16290 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
16291 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY." nil nil)
16293 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
16294 Insert new TODO list entry.
16295 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
16298 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
16299 List top priorities for each category.
16301 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
16302 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
16304 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
16305 between each category." t nil)
16307 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
16308 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
16309 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
16310 between each category.
16312 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'." t nil)
16314 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
16315 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
16317 \\{todo-mode-map}" t nil)
16319 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
16320 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary." nil nil)
16322 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
16323 Show TODO list." t nil)
16327 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-add-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item
16328 ;;;;;; tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (14968 4512))
16329 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
16331 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
16332 Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled.
16333 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16334 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16335 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
16337 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16339 (custom-add-load (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote tool-bar))
16341 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
16342 Toggle use of the tool bar.
16343 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
16345 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
16346 conveniently adding tool bar items." t nil)
16348 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
16349 Add an item to the tool bar.
16350 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
16351 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
16352 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
16353 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
16355 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
16356 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
16357 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
16359 Keybindings are made in the map `tool-bar-map'. To define items in
16360 some local map, bind `tool-bar-map' with `let' around calls of this
16361 function." nil nil)
16363 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
16364 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
16365 The binding of COMMAND is looked up in the menu bar in MAP (default
16366 `global-map') and modified to add an image specification for ICON, which
16367 is looked for as by `tool-bar-add-item'.
16368 MAP must contain an appropriate keymap bound to `[menu-bar]'.
16369 PROPS is a list of additional properties to add to the binding.
16371 Keybindings are made in the map `tool-bar-map'. To define items in
16372 some local map, bind `tool-bar-map' with `let' around calls of this
16373 function." nil nil)
16377 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
16378 ;;;;;; (14950 65525))
16379 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
16381 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
16382 Mode for tooltip display.
16383 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
16385 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
16386 Toggle tooltip-mode.
16387 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16388 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
16390 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16392 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip))
16396 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (14892
16398 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
16400 (fset (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
16402 (fset (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
16404 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
16405 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
16409 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
16410 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (14892 62636))
16411 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
16413 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
16414 Set scroll margins." t nil)
16416 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
16417 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
16419 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
16420 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
16424 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (13509 34547))
16425 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
16427 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
16428 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
16429 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
16430 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
16431 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
16435 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
16436 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (14583 8560))
16437 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
16439 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
16440 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
16442 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
16443 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
16444 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
16445 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
16446 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
16447 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
16448 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
16449 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
16451 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
16452 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
16453 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
16454 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
16455 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
16456 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
16457 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
16461 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
16462 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (14876 60333))
16463 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
16464 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
16465 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
16466 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
16468 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
16469 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
16470 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
16471 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
16472 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
16473 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
16474 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil)
16476 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
16477 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
16478 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
16479 accepting the proposed default buffer.
16481 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
16483 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
16484 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
16485 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
16486 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
16487 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
16488 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
16489 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
16491 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
16492 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
16494 First column's text sSs Second column's text
16497 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
16499 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
16503 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
16504 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
16505 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
16506 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14891 28342))
16507 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
16509 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
16510 Toggle typing break mode.
16511 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
16512 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16513 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
16515 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16517 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
16519 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
16520 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
16522 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
16523 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
16525 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
16526 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
16527 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
16529 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
16530 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
16532 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
16533 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
16534 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
16536 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
16537 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
16538 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
16539 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
16540 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
16541 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
16543 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
16544 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
16545 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
16546 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
16548 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
16549 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
16551 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
16552 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
16554 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
16555 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
16556 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
16558 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
16559 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
16560 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
16561 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
16562 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
16563 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
16564 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
16566 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
16567 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
16569 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
16570 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
16571 reset the keystroke counter.
16573 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
16574 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
16575 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
16576 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
16578 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
16579 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
16580 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
16581 `type-break-schedule' command.
16583 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
16584 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
16585 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
16586 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
16587 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
16588 or not to continue.
16590 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
16591 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
16592 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
16593 approximate good values for this.
16595 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
16596 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
16598 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
16599 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
16600 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
16601 `type-break-warning-repeat'
16602 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
16603 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
16605 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
16606 a typing break occur. They include:
16608 `type-break-query-mode'
16609 `type-break-query-function'
16610 `type-break-query-interval'
16612 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil)
16614 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
16615 Take a typing break.
16617 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
16618 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
16620 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
16621 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil)
16623 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
16624 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
16625 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
16626 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil)
16628 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
16629 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
16631 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
16632 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
16633 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
16634 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
16635 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
16636 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
16637 average typing speed.)
16639 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
16640 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
16641 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
16642 the computed maximum threshold.
16644 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
16645 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
16646 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
16647 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
16648 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil)
16652 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
16653 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (14228 39817))
16654 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
16656 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
16657 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
16658 Works by overstriking underscores.
16659 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16660 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
16662 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
16663 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
16664 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16665 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
16669 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
16670 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (14473 58848))
16671 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
16673 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
16674 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
16675 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil)
16677 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
16678 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
16679 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
16680 following the containing message." t nil)
16684 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
16685 ;;;;;; (13229 29740))
16686 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
16688 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
16689 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
16690 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
16691 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
16692 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
16693 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
16695 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
16696 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil)
16700 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
16701 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (14365 43399))
16702 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
16704 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
16705 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
16706 This function has a choice of three things to do:
16707 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
16708 to refrain from editing the file
16709 return t (grab the lock on the file)
16710 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
16711 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
16712 in any way you like." nil nil)
16714 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
16715 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
16716 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
16717 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
16718 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
16720 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
16721 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
16725 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external)
16726 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (14877 36787))
16727 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
16729 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
16730 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
16731 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
16732 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'." t nil)
16734 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
16735 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
16736 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME." t nil)
16740 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
16741 ;;;;;; vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot
16742 ;;;;;; vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge
16743 ;;;;;; vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-register
16744 ;;;;;; vc-next-action edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-before-checkin-hook
16745 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (14969 40882))
16746 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
16748 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
16749 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
16752 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
16753 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file gets checked in.
16756 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
16757 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary and execute the body.
16758 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
16759 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
16760 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
16761 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro))
16763 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
16764 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
16765 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
16766 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
16767 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro))
16769 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
16770 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file.
16772 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
16773 it will operate on the file in the current line.
16775 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
16776 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
16777 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
16778 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
16779 lock steals will raise an error.
16781 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
16783 For RCS and SCCS files:
16784 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
16786 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
16787 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
16788 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
16789 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
16790 it performs a revert.
16791 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
16792 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
16793 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
16794 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
16795 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
16796 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
16797 the option to steal the lock.
16800 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
16801 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
16802 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
16803 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
16804 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
16805 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
16806 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
16807 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
16808 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
16810 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
16811 Register the current file into a version control system.
16812 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
16813 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
16815 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
16816 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
16817 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
16818 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
16819 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
16820 first backend that could register the file is used." t nil)
16822 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
16823 Display diffs between file versions.
16824 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent
16825 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments.
16826 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use
16827 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil)
16829 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
16830 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window.
16831 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
16832 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil)
16834 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
16835 Insert headers in a file for use with your version control system.
16836 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
16837 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'." t nil)
16839 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
16840 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
16841 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
16842 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
16843 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
16844 from the current branch.
16846 See Info node `Merging'." t nil)
16848 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\
16849 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer.
16850 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil)
16852 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
16853 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
16855 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
16857 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
16858 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing." t nil)
16860 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
16861 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
16862 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
16863 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
16864 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
16865 are checked out in that new branch." t nil)
16867 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
16868 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
16869 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
16870 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
16871 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
16872 allowed and simply skipped)." t nil)
16874 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
16875 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
16877 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
16878 Revert the current buffer's file back to the version it was based on.
16879 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
16880 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
16881 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so." t nil)
16883 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
16884 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
16885 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
16887 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
16888 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
16890 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
16891 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
16892 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
16895 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
16897 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
16898 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
16899 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
16901 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
16902 log entries should be gathered." t nil)
16904 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
16905 Display the result of the \"Annotate\" command using colors.
16906 \"Annotate\" is defined by `vc-BACKEND-annotate-command'. New lines
16907 are displayed in red, old in blue. When given a prefix argument, asks
16908 for a version to annotate from, and a factor for stretching the time
16911 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
16912 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
16913 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
16914 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil)
16918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (14970 24561))
16919 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
16920 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
16921 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
16922 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
16924 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
16928 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
16929 ;;;;;; (14969 40939))
16930 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
16932 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
16933 *Where to look for RCS master files.
16934 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
16936 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote RCS) f))
16940 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
16941 ;;;;;; (14969 40980))
16942 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
16944 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
16945 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
16946 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
16948 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote SCCS) f))
16950 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
16951 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
16952 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
16953 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
16957 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
16958 ;;;;;; (14385 23382))
16959 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
16961 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
16962 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
16967 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
16968 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
16969 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
16970 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
16971 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
16972 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
16973 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
16974 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
16975 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
16976 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
16977 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
16978 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
16979 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
16980 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
16981 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
16982 The following abbreviations can also be used:
16983 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
16984 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
16985 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
16987 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
16988 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
16989 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
16991 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
16992 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
16993 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
16994 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
16995 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
16996 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
16997 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
16998 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
16999 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
17001 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
17002 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
17003 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
17004 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
17005 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
17006 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
17007 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
17008 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
17010 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
17011 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
17012 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
17015 `--' puts a single comment.
17016 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
17017 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
17018 comment in between.
17019 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
17021 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
17022 uncomments a region if already commented out.
17024 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
17025 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
17026 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
17027 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
17028 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
17029 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
17030 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
17031 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
17032 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
17033 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
17034 multi-line comments.
17036 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
17037 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
17038 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
17039 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
17040 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
17041 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
17042 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
17043 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
17044 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
17046 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
17047 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
17048 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
17049 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
17050 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
17051 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
17052 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
17053 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
17054 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
17055 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
17057 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
17058 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
17059 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
17060 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
17061 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
17062 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
17063 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
17064 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
17065 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
17066 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
17067 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
17068 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
17069 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
17071 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
17073 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
17076 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
17078 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
17079 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
17080 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
17081 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
17082 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
17084 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
17085 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
17086 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
17087 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
17088 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
17089 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
17090 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
17091 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
17092 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
17094 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
17095 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
17096 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
17097 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
17100 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
17101 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
17102 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
17103 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
17104 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
17105 the current directory for VHDL source files.
17107 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
17108 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
17109 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
17110 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
17111 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
17112 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
17113 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
17114 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
17115 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
17116 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
17117 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
17119 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
17120 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
17123 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
17124 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
17125 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
17126 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
17127 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
17128 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
17129 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
17130 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
17132 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
17133 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
17134 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
17135 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
17136 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
17137 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
17139 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
17140 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
17141 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
17142 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
17143 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
17145 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
17146 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
17147 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
17148 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
17149 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
17151 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
17152 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
17153 highlighted if written in lower case.
17155 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
17156 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
17159 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
17160 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
17161 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
17163 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
17164 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
17165 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
17167 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
17168 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
17169 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
17171 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
17172 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
17173 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
17174 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
17175 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
17176 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
17177 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
17179 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
17180 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
17181 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
17182 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
17183 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
17185 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
17186 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
17187 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
17188 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
17191 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
17197 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
17198 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
17200 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
17202 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
17203 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
17204 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
17205 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
17207 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
17208 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
17209 version and release notes can be found.
17212 Bugs and Limitations:
17213 ---------------------
17215 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
17216 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
17217 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
17218 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
17219 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
17220 does not work under XEmacs.
17223 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
17224 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
17229 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
17233 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (13229 29773))
17234 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
17236 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
17237 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
17238 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
17239 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
17241 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
17242 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
17243 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
17244 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
17245 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
17247 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
17248 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
17250 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
17252 * Limitations and unsupported features
17253 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
17255 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
17256 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
17259 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
17260 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
17261 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
17262 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
17263 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
17264 for undoing a repeated change command.
17265 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
17266 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
17267 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
17270 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
17271 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
17272 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
17273 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
17274 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
17275 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
17276 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
17277 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
17279 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil)
17283 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
17284 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
17285 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
17286 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (14623 45992))
17287 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
17289 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
17290 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
17292 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
17293 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
17294 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
17295 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
17297 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
17298 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil)
17300 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
17301 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
17302 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
17303 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
17305 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
17306 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil)
17308 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
17310 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
17314 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
17315 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
17316 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (14862
17318 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
17320 (defvar view-mode nil "\
17321 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
17322 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
17323 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
17325 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
17327 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
17328 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
17329 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17330 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17331 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17332 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17333 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17335 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
17337 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
17338 View FILE in View mode in another window.
17339 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
17340 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17341 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17342 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17343 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17344 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17346 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
17348 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
17349 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
17350 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
17351 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17352 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17353 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17354 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17355 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17357 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
17359 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
17360 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
17361 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17362 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17363 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17364 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17365 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17367 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
17369 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
17370 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
17371 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
17373 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
17374 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
17375 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
17376 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17377 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17378 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17379 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17380 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17382 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
17384 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
17385 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
17386 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
17388 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
17389 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
17390 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
17391 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17392 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17393 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17394 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17395 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17397 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
17399 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
17400 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
17401 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
17403 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
17404 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
17405 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
17407 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
17408 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
17409 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
17412 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
17413 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
17414 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
17415 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
17416 commands default to a repeat count of one.
17418 H, h, ? This message.
17419 Digits provide prefix arguments.
17420 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
17421 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
17422 > move to the end of buffer.
17423 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
17424 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
17425 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
17426 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
17427 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
17428 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
17429 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
17430 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
17431 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
17432 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
17433 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
17434 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
17435 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
17436 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
17437 Use this to view a changing file.
17438 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
17439 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
17440 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
17442 x exchanges point and mark.
17443 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
17444 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
17445 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
17446 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
17447 ' go to position saved in character register.
17448 s do forward incremental search.
17449 r do reverse incremental search.
17450 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
17451 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
17452 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
17453 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
17454 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
17455 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
17456 p searches backward for last regular expression.
17457 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
17458 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
17459 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
17460 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
17461 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
17462 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
17463 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
17464 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
17466 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
17467 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
17468 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
17469 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
17470 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
17471 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
17472 will return to that buffer.
17474 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
17476 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
17477 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
17478 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
17479 `view-return-to-alist'.
17480 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
17481 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
17482 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
17484 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
17485 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
17486 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
17487 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
17488 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
17490 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
17491 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
17492 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
17493 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
17495 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17497 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil)
17499 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
17500 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil)
17504 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (13650 13703))
17505 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
17507 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
17508 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil)
17512 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
17513 ;;;;;; (14952 1209))
17514 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
17516 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
17517 Toggle Viper on/off.
17518 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil)
17520 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
17521 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
17525 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (14550 8900))
17526 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
17528 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
17529 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
17531 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
17534 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
17535 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil)
17539 ;;;### (autoloads (which-func-mode which-func-mode-global) "which-func"
17540 ;;;;;; "which-func.el" (14979 6727))
17541 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
17543 (defvar which-func-mode-global nil "\
17544 *Toggle `which-func-mode' globally.
17545 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17546 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-func-mode'.")
17548 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote custom-variable))
17550 (custom-add-load (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote which-func))
17552 (defalias (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func-mode))
17554 (autoload (quote which-func-mode) "which-func" "\
17555 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
17556 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
17557 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
17559 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
17560 and off otherwise." t nil)
17564 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-global-mode whitespace-cleanup-region
17565 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer) "whitespace"
17566 ;;;;;; "whitespace.el" (14933 40934))
17567 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
17569 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
17570 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
17572 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
17573 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
17574 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
17575 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
17576 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
17578 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
17580 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
17581 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil)
17583 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
17584 Check the region for whitespace errors." t nil)
17586 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
17587 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
17589 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
17590 whitespace problems." t nil)
17592 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
17593 Whitespace cleanup on the region." t nil)
17595 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
17596 Toggle global Whitespace mode.
17598 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17599 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'
17602 (custom-add-to-group (quote whitespace) (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17604 (custom-add-load (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote whitespace))
17606 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\
17607 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them.
17609 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types
17610 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code.
17612 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
17613 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
17614 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be
17615 replaced with TABS).
17616 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
17617 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
17619 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline.
17621 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace,
17622 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of:
17624 e - End-of-Line whitespace.
17625 i - Indentation whitespace.
17626 l - Leading whitespace.
17627 s - Space followed by Tab.
17628 t - Trailing whitespace.
17630 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a
17633 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most
17634 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even
17635 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost
17636 always they default to 8.)
17638 Changing `tab-width' to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to
17639 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or
17642 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like
17643 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you
17644 should never have to set your `tab-width' to be other than 8 in all these
17645 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs
17646 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your
17647 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between
17648 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them
17651 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and
17654 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and
17655 warn you on closing a file also (in case you had inserted any
17656 whitespaces during the process of your editing)." t nil)
17660 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
17661 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (14839 64808))
17662 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
17664 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
17665 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
17667 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
17668 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
17670 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
17671 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
17673 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
17674 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
17675 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
17679 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value)
17680 ;;;;;; "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (14980 37308))
17681 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
17683 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
17684 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
17685 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
17687 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
17688 Create widget of TYPE.
17689 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
17691 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
17692 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
17696 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
17697 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (14747
17699 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
17701 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
17702 Select the window to the left of the current one.
17703 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
17704 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
17705 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
17706 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
17707 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
17709 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
17710 Select the window above the current one.
17711 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
17712 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
17713 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
17714 negative ARG) of the current window.
17715 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
17717 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
17718 Select the window to the right of the current one.
17719 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
17720 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
17721 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
17722 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
17723 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
17725 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
17726 Select the window below the current one.
17727 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
17728 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
17729 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
17730 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
17731 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
17733 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
17734 Set up default keybindings for `windmove'." t nil)
17738 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
17739 ;;;;;; (14535 44846))
17740 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
17742 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
17743 Toggle winner-mode.
17744 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17745 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
17747 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17749 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
17751 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
17752 Toggle Winner mode.
17753 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
17757 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
17758 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (14966 38375))
17759 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
17761 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
17762 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
17763 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
17764 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
17765 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
17766 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
17767 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
17768 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
17770 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
17771 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching." t nil)
17773 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
17774 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file." t nil)
17776 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
17777 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
17778 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
17779 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
17780 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
17781 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
17782 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
17783 `woman' command for further details." t nil)
17787 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
17788 ;;;;;; (13415 51576))
17789 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
17791 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
17792 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
17795 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
17796 are not implemented
17797 - Options for search and replace
17798 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
17799 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
17801 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
17804 The key bindings are:
17814 C-i indent-for-tab-command
17816 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
17817 C-l ws-repeat-search
17820 C-r scroll-down-line
17827 C-y kill-complete-line
17830 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
17831 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
17832 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
17833 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
17834 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
17835 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
17836 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
17837 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
17838 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
17839 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
17840 C-k b ws-begin-block
17841 C-k c ws-copy-block
17842 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
17844 C-k h ws-show-markers
17845 C-k i ws-indent-block
17847 C-k p ws-print-block
17850 C-k s save-some-buffers
17852 C-k u ws-exdent-block
17853 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
17854 C-k v ws-move-block
17855 C-k w ws-write-block
17857 C-k y ws-delete-block
17859 C-o c wordstar-center-line
17860 C-o b switch-to-buffer
17861 C-o j justify-current-line
17864 C-o m auto-fill-mode
17865 C-o r set-fill-column
17866 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
17867 C-o wd delete-other-windows
17868 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
17869 C-o wo other-window
17870 C-o wv split-window-vertically
17872 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
17873 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
17874 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
17875 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
17876 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
17877 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
17878 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
17879 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
17880 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
17881 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
17882 C-q a ws-query-replace
17883 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
17884 C-q c end-of-buffer
17887 C-q k ws-to-block-end
17889 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
17890 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
17891 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
17892 C-q w ws-last-error
17894 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
17899 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (14516
17901 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
17903 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
17904 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
17905 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
17907 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil)
17911 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
17912 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (14810 62720))
17913 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
17915 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
17916 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
17918 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
17919 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
17921 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
17922 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
17923 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
17925 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
17926 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
17930 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (14821 31351))
17931 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
17933 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
17934 Zone out, completely." t nil)
17938 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
17939 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (14550 9028))
17940 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
17942 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
17943 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified" t nil)
17945 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
17946 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
17948 Zone-mode does two things:
17950 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
17951 when saving the file
17953 - fontification" t nil)
17957 ;;; Local Variables:
17958 ;;; version-control: never
17959 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
17960 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
17962 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here